Calling Python scripts from %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros is possible, and valuable features can be obtained such as:ComputerName identification or OSName detection are possible,
- Basic FileLen() function and com.sun.star.ucb.SimpleFileAccess.getSize() API function exhibit a 2 Gigabytes file size upper limit that Python helps to overcome,
- com.sun.star.util.PathSettings can be normalized,
+ Basic FileLen() function and com.sun.star.ucb.SimpleFileAccess.getSize() API function exhibit a 2 Gigabytes file size upper limit that Python helps to overcome,
+ com.sun.star.util.PathSettings can be normalized,and many more.
- A reasonable exposure to %PRODUCTNAME Basic and to Application Programming Interface (API) features is recommended prior to perform inter-language calls from Basic to Python, to JavaScript or any other script engine.
+ A reasonable exposure to %PRODUCTNAME Basic and to Application Programming Interface (API) features is recommended prior to perform inter-language calls from Basic to Python, to JavaScript or any other script engine.
Retrieving Python Scripts
- Python scripts can be personal, shared, or embedded in documents. In order to execute them, %PRODUCTNAME Basic needs to be provided with Python script locations. Locating com.sun.star.script.provider.XScript interface compliant UNO objects allows the execution of Python scripts:
+ Python scripts can be personal, shared, or embedded in documents. In order to execute them, %PRODUCTNAME Basic needs to be provided with Python script locations. Locating com.sun.star.script.provider.XScript interface compliant UNO objects allows the execution of Python scripts:Option Explicit
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_examples.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_examples.xhp
index 97b11c0659..9a21e1cf32 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_examples.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_examples.xhp
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
Basic;programming examples
-
By using Basic or Python programming languages it is possible to write macros that apply formats to ranges of cells in Calc.
Formatting Borders in Ranges of Cells
@@ -48,13 +48,13 @@
cellAddress is a string denoting the range to be formatted in the format "A1".
- newStyle is an integer value that corresponds to the border line style (see Line Styles below).
+ newStyle is an integer value that corresponds to the border line style (see Line Styles below).newWidth is an integer value that defines the line width.
- newColor is an integer value corresponding to a color defined using the RGB function.
+ newColor is an integer value corresponding to a color defined using the RGB function.To call FormatCellBorder create a new macro and pass the desired arguments, as shown below:
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
formatCellBorder("B5", cStyle.SOLID, 20, bas.RGB(0, 0, 255)) formatCellBorder("D2:F6", cStyle.DOTTED, 20, bas.RGB(255, 0, 0))
- The Python code presented above uses the ScriptForge library that is available since %PRODUCTNAME 7.2.
+ The Python code presented above uses the ScriptForge library that is available since %PRODUCTNAME 7.2.
Line Styles
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
- Refer to the BorderLineStyle Constant Reference in the LibreOffice API documentation to learn more about line style constants.
+ Refer to the BorderLineStyle Constant Reference in the LibreOffice API documentation to learn more about line style constants.
Formatting Borders Using TableBorder2
Range objects have a property named TableBorder2 that can be used to format range borders as it is done in the dialog in the Line Arrangement section.
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
cell = doc.XCellRange("B2:E5") cell.TableBorder2 = table_format
- Refer to the TableBorder2 Struct Reference in the LibreOffice API documentation to learn more about its attributes.
+ Refer to the TableBorder2 Struct Reference in the LibreOffice API documentation to learn more about its attributes.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/control_properties.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/control_properties.xhp
index 7d8ff2c3eb..3de28c42df 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/control_properties.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/control_properties.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
controls;changing propertiesdialog editor;changing control properties
-Changing the Properties of Controls in the Dialog Editor
+Changing the Properties of Controls in the Dialog Editor
You can set the properties of control that you add to a dialog. For example, you can change the color, name, and size of a button that you added. You can change most control properties when you create or edit a dialog. However, you can only change some properties at runtime.To change the properties of a control in design mode, right-click the control, and then choose Properties.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp
index e948d44672..434cc6647b 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
dialogs;creating Basic dialogs
-Creating a Basic Dialog
+Creating a Basic Dialog
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/insert_control.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/insert_control.xhp
index cbc6fdbdbd..605040b8a9 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/insert_control.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/insert_control.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
controls; creating in the dialog editordialog editor;creating controls
-Creating Controls in the Dialog Editor
+Creating Controls in the Dialog Editor
Use the tools on the Toolbox of the BASIC dialog editor to add controls to your dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/read_write_values.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/read_write_values.xhp
index b8dab321c1..2ac928a2d6 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/read_write_values.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/read_write_values.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
macros;read values from cellsmacros;write values to cells
-
Reading and Writing values to Ranges
+
Reading and Writing values to Ranges
Macros in %PRODUCTNAME Calc often need to read and write values from/to sheets. This help page describes the various approaches to accessing sheets and ranges to read or write their values.All examples presented in this page can be implemented both in Basic and Python.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp
index cdb79e3837..3b38f6946c 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp
@@ -38,10 +38,10 @@
Tools;LoadDialog
- Programming Examples for Controls in the Dialog Editor
+ Programming Examples for Controls in the Dialog Editor
-The following examples are for a new dialog called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the Toolbox bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a Check Box called "CheckBox1", a Label Field called "Label1", a Button called "CommandButton1", and a List Box called "ListBox1".
+The following examples are for a new dialog called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the Toolbox bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a Check Box called "CheckBox1", a Label Field called "Label1", a Button called "CommandButton1", and a List Box called "ListBox1".Be consistent with uppercase and lowercase letter when you attach a control to an object variable.Global Function for Loading Dialogs
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/show_dialog.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/show_dialog.xhp
index 117ff796c2..00872c9732 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/show_dialog.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/show_dialog.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
examples; showing a dialog with BasicTools;LoadDialog
-Opening a Dialog With Basic
+Opening a Dialog With Basic
In the %PRODUCTNAME BASIC window for a dialog that you created, leave the dialog editor by clicking the name tab of the Module that the dialog is assigned to. The name tab is at the bottom of the window.Enter the following code for a subroutine called Dialog1Show. In this example, the name of the dialog that you created is "Dialog1":
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/main0000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/main0000.xhp
index 40aaa194ea..8898ca3e1e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/python/main0000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/main0000.xhp
@@ -20,11 +20,11 @@
Python;macrosscripts;Python
-
%PRODUCTNAME Python Scripts Help
+
%PRODUCTNAME Python Scripts Help
- %PRODUCTNAME provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows controlling the $[officename] components with different programming languages by using the $[officename] Software Development Kit (SDK). For more information about the $[officename] API and the Software Development Kit, visit https://api.libreoffice.org
- This help section explains the most common Python script functions for %PRODUCTNAME. For more in-depth information please refer to the Designing & Developing Python Applications on the Wiki.
+ %PRODUCTNAME provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows controlling the $[officename] components with different programming languages by using the $[officename] Software Development Kit (SDK). For more information about the $[officename] API and the Software Development Kit, visit https://api.libreoffice.org
+ This help section explains the most common Python script functions for %PRODUCTNAME. For more in-depth information please refer to the Designing & Developing Python Applications on the Wiki.
Working with Python Scripts in %PRODUCTNAME
You can execute Python scripts choosing . Editing scripts can be done with your preferred text editor. Python scripts are present in various locations detailed hereafter. You can refer to Programming examples for macros illustrating how to run the Python interactive console from %PRODUCTNAME.
@@ -46,9 +46,9 @@
You can call %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros from Python scripts, and notable features can be obtained in return such as:Simple logging facilities out of Access2Base library Trace console,
@@ -31,9 +31,9 @@
It is recommended to have knowledge of Python standard modules and %PRODUCTNAME API features prior to perform inter-language calls from Python to Basic, JavaScript or any other script engine.
- When running Python scripts from an Integrated Development Environment (IDE), the %PRODUCTNAME-embedded Basic engine may be absent. Avoid Python-to-%PRODUCTNAME Basic calls in such contexts. However Python environment and Universal Networks Objects (UNO) are fully available. Refer to Setting Up an Integrated IDE for Python for more information.
+ When running Python scripts from an Integrated Development Environment (IDE), the %PRODUCTNAME-embedded Basic engine may be absent. Avoid Python-to-%PRODUCTNAME Basic calls in such contexts. However Python environment and Universal Networks Objects (UNO) are fully available. Refer to Setting Up an Integrated IDE for Python for more information.
Retrieving %PRODUCTNAME Basic Scripts
- %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros can be personal, shared, or embedded in documents. In order to execute them, Python run time needs to be provided with Basic macro locations. Implementing the com.sun.star.script.provider.XScriptProvider interface allows the retrieval of executable scripts:
+ %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros can be personal, shared, or embedded in documents. In order to execute them, Python run time needs to be provided with Basic macro locations. Implementing the com.sun.star.script.provider.XScriptProvider interface allows the retrieval of executable scripts:API;script.provider.MasterScriptProviderFactory: Retrieving Basic scripts
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
API;script.provider.XScript : Executing Basic scripts
- The %PRODUCTNAME Software Development Kit (SDK) documentation for com.sun.star.script.provider.XScript interface details the calling convention for inter-language calls. Invocation of functions requires three arrays:
+ The %PRODUCTNAME Software Development Kit (SDK) documentation for com.sun.star.script.provider.XScript interface details the calling convention for inter-language calls. Invocation of functions requires three arrays:the first lists the arguments of the called routinethe second identifies modified arguments
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@
script.invoke((message,), tuple, ())script.invoke((args), (), results)
Examples of Personal or Shared Scripts
- Examples in Input/Output to Screen detail Python to Basic invocation calls. Monitoring Document Events illustrates the usage of *args Python idiom to print a variable number of parameters to Access2Base logging console dialog.
- At time of development you can interrupt Python script execution using Xray extension in order to inspect properties and methods of UNO objects. The APSO extension debugger allows object introspection using either Xray either MRI extensions.
+ Examples in Input/Output to Screen detail Python to Basic invocation calls. Monitoring Document Events illustrates the usage of *args Python idiom to print a variable number of parameters to Access2Base logging console dialog.
+ At time of development you can interrupt Python script execution using Xray extension in order to inspect properties and methods of UNO objects. The APSO extension debugger allows object introspection using either Xray either MRI extensions.def xray(myObject): script = getBasicScript(library="XrayTool", module="_Main", macro="Xray")
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_dialogs.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_dialogs.xhp
index ee6c6ee0fc..cd10848260 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_dialogs.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_dialogs.xhp
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@
dialogs;Python
-
Opening a Dialog with Python
+
Opening a Dialog with Python
- %PRODUCTNAME static dialogs are created with the Dialog editor and are stored in varying places according to their personal (My Macros), shared (Application Macros) or document-embedded nature. In reverse, dynamic dialogs are constructed at runtime, from Basic or Python scripts, or using any other %PRODUCTNAME supported language for that matter. Opening static dialogs with Python is illustrated herewith. Exception handling and internationalization are omitted for clarity.
+ %PRODUCTNAME static dialogs are created with the Dialog editor and are stored in varying places according to their personal (My Macros), shared (Application Macros) or document-embedded nature. In reverse, dynamic dialogs are constructed at runtime, from Basic or Python scripts, or using any other %PRODUCTNAME supported language for that matter. Opening static dialogs with Python is illustrated herewith. Exception handling and internationalization are omitted for clarity.
My Macros or Application Macros dialogs
The examples below open Access2Base Trace console or the imported TutorialsDialog dialog with menu:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_document_events.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_document_events.xhp
index 814047b1be..883f7697ef 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_document_events.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_document_events.xhp
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
API;lang.EventObject: Monitoring Document Event
-
Listening to Document Events
+
Listening to Document Events
Listening to document events can help in the following situations:
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
Import math Python packages before opening a Calc document. Release these packages when the document closes.
- Next to assigning macros to events, one can monitor events raised by %PRODUCTNAME documents. Application Programming Interface (API) broadcasters are responsible for calling event scripts. Unlike listeners that require to define all supported methods, even if unused, document monitors require only two methods next to hooked event scripts.
+ Next to assigning macros to events, one can monitor events raised by %PRODUCTNAME documents. Application Programming Interface (API) broadcasters are responsible for calling event scripts. Unlike listeners that require to define all supported methods, even if unused, document monitors require only two methods next to hooked event scripts.
Monitoring Document Events
Monitoring is illustrated herewith for Basic and Python languages using object-oriented programming. Assigning OnLoad script, to the event, suffices to initiate and terminate document event monitoring. menu tab is used to assign either scripts.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
return xScriptMind the misspelled documentEventOccured method that inherits a typo from %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API).
- and events can respectively be used to set and to unset Python path for user scripts or %PRODUCTNAME scripts. In a similar fashion, document based Python libraries or modules can be loaded and released using and events. Refer to Importing Python Modules for more information.
+ and events can respectively be used to set and to unset Python path for user scripts or %PRODUCTNAME scripts. In a similar fashion, document based Python libraries or modules can be loaded and released using and events. Refer to Importing Python Modules for more information.
With %PRODUCTNAME Basic
API;GlobalScope.BasicLibraries
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
g_exportedScripts = (displayAvailableEvents,)
- The Alternative Python Script Organizer (APSO) extension is used to render events information on screen.
+ The Alternative Python Script Organizer (APSO) extension is used to render events information on screen.
With %PRODUCTNAME Basic
Sub DisplayAvailableEvents
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_examples.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_examples.xhp
index 90913e6528..6085266cd5 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_examples.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_examples.xhp
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
Python;sessionPython;screen input/output
-
- Next to assigning macros to events or creating event listeners, one can use dialog handlers, whose principle is to define UNO keywords, or methods, that are mapped to events to watch for. The event handler is responsible for executing methods using the vnd.sun.star.UNO:<method_name> protocol. Unlike listeners that require to define all supported methods, even if unused, dialog handlers require only two methods on top of intended control hook scripts.
+
Creating a Dialog Handler
+ Next to assigning macros to events or creating event listeners, one can use dialog handlers, whose principle is to define UNO keywords, or methods, that are mapped to events to watch for. The event handler is responsible for executing methods using the vnd.sun.star.UNO:<method_name> protocol. Unlike listeners that require to define all supported methods, even if unused, dialog handlers require only two methods on top of intended control hook scripts.The advantages of this approach are:It packs the code that handles event-driven macros,
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
This mechanism is illustrated herewith for Basic and Python languages using an imported copy of Access2BasedlgTrace dialog. Exception handling and localisation are omitted for clarity.
Assigning Dialog methods
Export Access2BasedlgTrace dialog and import it into MyLib application library.
- Inside the control properties pane of the Dialog Editor, use the Events tab to replace macro assignments by component assignments, and type in the intended method names:
+ Inside the control properties pane of the Dialog Editor, use the Events tab to replace macro assignments by component assignments, and type in the intended method names:Set Dump to file dialog button component method name to _dump2FileOptionally define txtTracelog key pressed and mouse button pressed events component method names as _openHelp
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
Events assigned actions should mention the vnd.sun.star.UNO: protocol.
Creating the handler
- createDialogWithHandler method of com.sun.star.awt.DialogProvider2 service is used to set the dialog and its handler. The handler is responsible for implementing com.sun.star.awt.XDialogEventHandler interface.
+ createDialogWithHandler method of com.sun.star.awt.DialogProvider2 service is used to set the dialog and its handler. The handler is responsible for implementing com.sun.star.awt.XDialogEventHandler interface.All component method names must be explicitly declared when using a dialog handler.
With Python
In this example the dialog is located on the computer.
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
As expected, onOkHasFocus missing method throws an exception.
- Refer to Python calls to %PRODUCTNAME Basic page for getBasicScript routine description and for details about cross-language scripting execution.
+ Refer to Python calls to %PRODUCTNAME Basic page for getBasicScript routine description and for details about cross-language scripting execution.
With %PRODUCTNAME Basic
In this example the dialog is embedded in a document, and can equally be located on the computer.
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
- CreateUnoListener Function
+ CreateUnoListener Function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_ide.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_ide.xhp
index e6d715630e..2f14ea9f64 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_ide.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_ide.xhp
@@ -23,12 +23,12 @@
python;IDE - integrated development environmentpython;editor
-
Setting up an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for Python
+
Setting up an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for Python
Writing Python macros requires extra configuration steps to set an IDE of choice.
- Unlike Basic language macros development in %PRODUCTNAME, developing Python scripts for %PRODUCTNAME requires to configure an external Integrated Development Environment (IDE). Multiple IDEs are available that range from beginners to advanced Python coders. While using a Python IDE programmers benefit from numerous features such as syntax highlighting, code folding, class browsing, code completion, coding standard enforcement, test driven development, debugging, version control and many more. You can refer to Designing & Developing Python Applications on the Wiki for more in-depth information about the setup of a bridge between your IDE and a running instance %PRODUCTNAME.
+ Unlike Basic language macros development in %PRODUCTNAME, developing Python scripts for %PRODUCTNAME requires to configure an external Integrated Development Environment (IDE). Multiple IDEs are available that range from beginners to advanced Python coders. While using a Python IDE programmers benefit from numerous features such as syntax highlighting, code folding, class browsing, code completion, coding standard enforcement, test driven development, debugging, version control and many more. You can refer to Designing & Developing Python Applications on the Wiki for more in-depth information about the setup of a bridge between your IDE and a running instance %PRODUCTNAME.
The APSO Extension
- The Alternative Python Script Organizer (APSO) extension eases the edition of Python scripts, in particular when embedded in a document. Using APSO you can configure your preferred source code editor, start the integrated Python shell and debug Python scripts. Extensions exist that help inspect arbitrary UNO objects, refer to Designing & Developing Python Applications for additional details on such extensions.
+ The Alternative Python Script Organizer (APSO) extension eases the edition of Python scripts, in particular when embedded in a document. Using APSO you can configure your preferred source code editor, start the integrated Python shell and debug Python scripts. Extensions exist that help inspect arbitrary UNO objects, refer to Designing & Developing Python Applications for additional details on such extensions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp
index af3b243d3b..da92932beb 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
Python;pythonpathPythonLibraries
-
Importing Python Modules
+
Importing Python Modules
%PRODUCTNAME Python scripts come in three distinct flavors, they can be personal, shared or embedded in documents. They are stored in varying places described in Python Scripts Organization and Location. In order to import Python modules, their locations must be known from Python at run time.This mechanism is illustrated for file system based modules and document based modules. Exception handling is omitted for clarity. The terms library or directory, scripts or modules are used interchangeably. A Python macro refers to a function inside a module.Note that <User Profile>/Scripts/python/pythonpath local directory is always explored when running a Python macro from <User Profile>/Scripts/python.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_listener.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_listener.xhp
index c9f97398a8..f4f88165c3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_listener.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_listener.xhp
@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@
API;XActionListener
-
Creating Event Listeners
+
Creating Event Listeners
- Events raised by dialogs, documents, forms or graphical controls can be linked to macros, which is referred to as event-driven programming. The most common method to relate events to macros are the Events tab in menu and the Dialog Editor Control properties pane from menu.
+ Events raised by dialogs, documents, forms or graphical controls can be linked to macros, which is referred to as event-driven programming. The most common method to relate events to macros are the Events tab in menu and the Dialog Editor Control properties pane from menu.Graphical artifacts, keyboard inputs, mouse moves and other man/machine interactions can be controlled using UNO listeners that watch for the user’s behavior. Listeners are dynamic program code alternatives to macro assignments. One may create as many UNO listeners as events to watch for. A single listener can also handle multiple user interface controls.
Creating an event listener
Listeners get attached to controls held in dialogs, as well as to document or form events. Listeners are also used when creating runtime dialogs or when adding controls to a dialog on the fly.
@@ -152,13 +152,13 @@
End Sub ' awt_disposing
Other Event Listeners
- Listeners are usually coded along with dialog opening. Numerous listener approaches are possible such as event handlers for dialogs or event monitors for documents or forms.
+ Listeners are usually coded along with dialog opening. Numerous listener approaches are possible such as event handlers for dialogs or event monitors for documents or forms.
- Events mapping to objects
- See also Document events, Form events.
+ Events mapping to objects
+ See also Document events, Form events.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp
index 9f145416a8..6895faa1b0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
- Python Scripts Organization and Location
+ Python Scripts Organization and Location%PRODUCTNAME macros are grouped in module files, modules are usually grouped in library folders, and libraries are grouped in library containers although containers can contain modules too.A library is used as a major grouping for either an entire category of macros, or for an entire application. Modules usually split functionality, such as user interaction and calculations. Individual macros are subroutines and functions. The Figure below shows an example of the hierarchical structure of macro libraries in %PRODUCTNAME.Library Container diagram
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
Python Script Locations
- Refer to Getting Session Information in order to get programmatic access to Python script locations.
+ Refer to Getting Session Information in order to get programmatic access to Python script locations.
Application Macros
Existing macros in this location (container) were copied by the installation program and are available to every computer user, and any open document can access macros stored the container. You need administrative rights to store or edit macros here.The %PRODUCTNAME Macros container location in the file system depends on the operating system:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_platform.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_platform.xhp
index 9056ffaf3f..a96c01fc54 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_platform.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_platform.xhp
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
API;ConfigurationAccessTools;GetRegistryContent
-
Identifying the operating system
+
Identifying the operating system
Identifying the operating system can be performed with Python or Basic language.ComputerName property is solely available for Windows. Basic calls to Python macros help overcome %PRODUCTNAME Basic limitations.
- A Python macro is a function within a .py file, identified as a module. Unlike %PRODUCTNAME Basic and its dozen of UNO objects functions or services, Python macros use the XSCRIPTCONTEXT UNO single object, shared with JavaScript and BeanShell. The g_exportedScripts global tuple explicitly lists selectable macros from a module. Python modules hold autonomous code logic, and are independent from one another.
+ A Python macro is a function within a .py file, identified as a module. Unlike %PRODUCTNAME Basic and its dozen of UNO objects functions or services, Python macros use the XSCRIPTCONTEXT UNO single object, shared with JavaScript and BeanShell. The g_exportedScripts global tuple explicitly lists selectable macros from a module. Python modules hold autonomous code logic, and are independent from one another.
XSCRIPTCONTEXT Global Variable
- Genuine Basic UNO facilities can be inferred from XSCRIPTCONTEXT global variable. Refer to %PRODUCTNAME API for a complete description of XSCRIPTCONTEXT. XSCRIPTCONTEXT methods summarize as:
+ Genuine Basic UNO facilities can be inferred from XSCRIPTCONTEXT global variable. Refer to %PRODUCTNAME API for a complete description of XSCRIPTCONTEXT. XSCRIPTCONTEXT methods summarize as:
@@ -82,10 +82,10 @@
Module import
XSCRIPTCONTEXT is not provided to imported modules.
- %PRODUCTNAME Basic libraries contain classes, routines and variables, Python modules contain classes, functions and variables. Common pieces of reusable Python or UNO features must be stored in My macros within (User Profile)/Scripts/python/pythonpath. Python libraries help organize modules in order to prevent module name collisions. Import uno.py inside shared modules.
+ %PRODUCTNAME Basic libraries contain classes, routines and variables, Python modules contain classes, functions and variables. Common pieces of reusable Python or UNO features must be stored in My macros within (User Profile)/Scripts/python/pythonpath. Python libraries help organize modules in order to prevent module name collisions. Import uno.py inside shared modules.
- Genuine BASIC UNO facilities can be inferred using uno.py module. Use Python interactive shell to get a complete module description using dir() and help() Python commands.
+ Genuine BASIC UNO facilities can be inferred using uno.py module. Use Python interactive shell to get a complete module description using dir() and help() Python commands.uno.pyuno.py;absolutize
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
- See Opening a Dialog
+ See Opening a DialogCreateUnoDialog()
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
- See Creating a Listener
+ See Creating a ListenerCreateUnoListener()
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
Importing an embedded Module
- Similarly to %PRODUCTNAME Basic that supports browsing and dynamic loading of libraries, Python libraries can be explored and imported on demand. For more information on library containers, visit %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API) or download %PRODUCTNAME Software Development Kit (SDK).
+ Similarly to %PRODUCTNAME Basic that supports browsing and dynamic loading of libraries, Python libraries can be explored and imported on demand. For more information on library containers, visit %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API) or download %PRODUCTNAME Software Development Kit (SDK).Importing a Python document embedded module is illustrated below, exception handling is not detailed:import uno, sys
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
- Basic UNO Objects, Functions and Services
+ Basic UNO Objects, Functions and Services
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_screen.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_screen.xhp
index a40c6bc793..2cfc4c23cf 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_screen.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_screen.xhp
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@
API;script.provider.MasterScriptProvider: Screen Input/OutputAPI;script.provider.XScript: Screen Input/Output
-
Input/Output to Screen
+
Input/Output to Screen
Python standard output file is not available when running Python macros from ... menu. Presenting the output of a module requires the Python interactive console. Features such as input(), print(), repr() and str() are available from the Python shell.
- %PRODUCTNAME msgbox Python module proposes a msgbox() method that is illustrated in Creating Event Listeners and Creating a dialog handler example pages.
+ %PRODUCTNAME msgbox Python module proposes a msgbox() method that is illustrated in Creating Event Listeners and Creating a dialog handler example pages.%PRODUCTNAME Basic proposes InputBox(), Msgbox() and Print() screen I/O functions. Python alternatives exist relying either on %PRODUCTNAME API Abstract Windowing Toolkit, either on Python to Basic function calls. The latter proposes a syntax that is intentionally close to that of Basic, and uses a Python module next to a Basic module. The API Scripting Framework is used to perform Basic, BeanShell, JavaScript and Python inter-languages function calls.
- Copy screen_io Python module in My macros within <UserProfile>/Scripts/python/pythonpath,
+ Copy screen_io Python module in My macros within <UserProfile>/Scripts/python/pythonpath,
- Copy uiScripts Basic module in My macros Standard Basic library,
+ Copy uiScripts Basic module in My macros Standard Basic library,Restart %PRODUCTNAME.
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
xScript = scriptPro.getScript(scriptName) return xScript
- MsgBox and InputBox methods from the Basic service included in the ScriptForge libraries call directly their native Basic counterparts.
+ MsgBox and InputBox methods from the Basic service included in the ScriptForge libraries call directly their native Basic counterparts.
uiScripts Basic module
Option Explicit
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
Print msgEnd Sub
- The Alternative Python Script Organizer (APSO) extension offers a msgbox() function out of its apso_utils module.
+ The Alternative Python Script Organizer (APSO) extension offers a msgbox() function out of its apso_utils module.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp
index f8c378dee7..57538dc779 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
Session;UserPythonScriptsAPI;PathSubstitution
-
Getting Session Information
+
Getting Session Information
Computing %PRODUCTNAME user profile and shared modules system file paths can be performed with Python or with Basic languages. BeanShell, Java, JavaScript and Python scripts locations can be derived from this information.
Examples:
With Python shell.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_shell.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_shell.xhp
index 9fd47cf964..2734089c6d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_shell.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_shell.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
Python;Shell
-
Running Python Interactive Console
+
Running Python Interactive Console
The Python interactive console, also known as Python interpreter or Python shell, provides programmers with a quick way to execute commands and try out and test code without creating a file. UNO objects introspection as well as %PRODUCTNAME Python modules documentation can be obtained from the terminal.
@@ -68,14 +68,14 @@
Alternative console
- Use APSO extension console as an alternative:
+ Use APSO extension console as an alternative:APSO console
- PythonShell function in ScriptForge.Exception service
+ PythonShell function in ScriptForge.Exception service
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp
index 295664a71c..8bc58a475d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp
@@ -27,17 +27,17 @@
-
$[officename] Basic Glossary
+
$[officename] Basic Glossary
This glossary explains some technical terms that you may come across when working with $[officename] Basic.
Decimal Point
When converting numbers, $[officename] Basic uses the locale settings of the system for determining the type of decimal and thousand separator.
-The behavior has an effect on both the implicit conversion ( 1 + "2.3" = 3.3 ) as well as the function IsNumeric.
+The behavior has an effect on both the implicit conversion ( 1 + "2.3" = 3.3 ) as well as the function IsNumeric.
Colors
-In $[officename] Basic, colors are treated as long integer value. The return value of color queries is also always a long integer value. When defining properties, colors can be specified using their RGB code that is converted to a long integer value using the RGB function.
+In $[officename] Basic, colors are treated as long integer value. The return value of color queries is also always a long integer value. When defining properties, colors can be specified using their RGB code that is converted to a long integer value using the RGB function.
Measurement Units
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp
index 05b5794789..538ce5a35e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
This library must be loaded before execution. Execute the following statement before running any macro that uses this library:
- This constant, function or object is enabled with the statement Option VBASupport 1 placed before the executable program code in a module.
+ This constant, function or object is enabled with the statement Option VBASupport 1 placed before the executable program code in a module.This statement must be added before the executable program code in a module.
@@ -211,12 +211,12 @@
This method is only available for Python scripts.
-This method requires the installation of the APSO (Alternative Script Organizer for Python) extension. In turn APSO requires the presence of %PRODUCTNAME Python scripting framework. If APSO or Python are missing, an error occurs.
+This method requires the installation of the APSO (Alternative Script Organizer for Python) extension. In turn APSO requires the presence of %PRODUCTNAME Python scripting framework. If APSO or Python are missing, an error occurs.This service is fully supported in both Basic and Python languages. All examples are expressed using the Basic programming language and can be easily converted to Python.
-String functions
+String functionsVBA financial functionsVBA Time and Date functionsVBA I/O functions
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp
index 5bf476bffc..56fc4ac1cc 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
EditOpens the $[officename] Basic editor so that you can modify the selected library.Password
-Assigns or edits the password for the selected library. "Standard" libraries cannot have a password.
+Assigns or edits the password for the selected library. "Standard" libraries cannot have a password.NewCreates a new library.Name
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01000000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01000000.xhp
index 7869376341..0e8b8e39a7 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01000000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01000000.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Programming with $[officename] Basic
+ Programming with $[officename] Basic This is where you find general information about working with macros and $[officename] Basic.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp
index e60bdab227..adc5175207 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
subroutinesvariables;global and localmodules;subroutines and functions
-Basics
+BasicsThis section provides the fundamentals for working with $[officename] Basic.
-$[officename] Basic code is based on subroutines and functions that are specified between sub...end sub and function...end function sections. Each Sub or Function can call other Subs and Functions. If you take care to write generic code for a Sub or Function, you can probably re-use it in other programs. See also Procedures and Functions.
+$[officename] Basic code is based on subroutines and functions that are specified between sub...end sub and function...end function sections. Each Sub or Function can call other Subs and Functions. If you take care to write generic code for a Sub or Function, you can probably re-use it in other programs. See also Procedures and Functions.Some restrictions apply for the names of your public variables, subs, and functions. You must not use the same name as one of the modules of the same library.
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
Global variables are valid for all subs and functions inside a module. They are declared at the beginning of a module before the first sub or function starts.Variables that you declare within a sub or function are valid only inside this sub or function. These variables override global variables with the same name and local variables with the same name coming from superordinate subs or functions.Structuring
-After separating your program into procedures and functions (Subs and Functions), you can save these procedures and functions as files for reuse in other projects. $[officename] Basic supports Modules and Libraries. Subs and functions are always contained in modules. You can define modules to be global or part of a document. Multiple modules can be combined to a library.
-You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the Macro dialog.
+After separating your program into procedures and functions (Subs and Functions), you can save these procedures and functions as files for reuse in other projects. $[officename] Basic supports Modules and Libraries. Subs and functions are always contained in modules. You can define modules to be global or part of a document. Multiple modules can be combined to a library.
+You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the Macro dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020000.xhp
index ccec8f5093..f0cc8fd9f2 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020000.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Syntax
+ SyntaxThis section describes the basic syntax elements of $[officename] Basic. For a detailed description please refer to the $[officename] Basic Guide which is available separately.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020100.xhp
index 64cdb0a4ce..6b01d6ef3a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020100.xhp
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-
Using Variables
+
Using Variables
The following describes the basic use of variables in $[officename] Basic.
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
' A variable can also be explicitly declared as a VariantDim e As Variant, f As Double
-The Variant type is a special data type that can store any kind of value. To learn more, refer to the section The Variant type below.
+The Variant type is a special data type that can store any kind of value. To learn more, refer to the section The Variant type below.
Forcing Variable Declarations
To force declaration of variables, use the following command:
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
Date Variables
-Date variables can only contain dates and time values stored in an internal format. Values assigned to Date variables with Dateserial, Datevalue, Timeserial or Timevalue are automatically converted to the internal format. Date-variables are converted to normal numbers by using the Day, Month, Year or the Hour, Minute, Second function. The internal format enables a comparison of date/time values by calculating the difference between two numbers. These variables can only be declared with the key word Date.
+Date variables can only contain dates and time values stored in an internal format. Values assigned to Date variables with Dateserial, Datevalue, Timeserial or Timevalue are automatically converted to the internal format. Date-variables are converted to normal numbers by using the Day, Month, Year or the Hour, Minute, Second function. The internal format enables a comparison of date/time values by calculating the difference between two numbers. These variables can only be declared with the key word Date.Dim Variable As Date
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
Dim varB as Variant ' The variable is explicitly declared as a VariantvarC = "abc" ' Previously undeclared variables are treated as Variants
-The example below uses the TypeName function to show how the type of a Variant variable changes upon assignment.
+The example below uses the TypeName function to show how the type of a Variant variable changes upon assignment.Dim myVar As VariantMsgBox TypeName(myVar) ' Empty
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
myVar = 10MsgBox TypeName(myVar) ' Integer
-A Variant variable is initialized with the Empty special data type. You can use the IsEmpty function to test if a variable is an Empty Variant.
+A Variant variable is initialized with the Empty special data type. You can use the IsEmpty function to test if a variable is an Empty Variant.You can also use the keyword Any to declare a variable as a Variant. However, Any is deprecated and is available for backward compatibility.Arguments with type Variant or Any passed in function calls are not checked for their types.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
Initial Variable Values
As soon as the variable has been declared, it is automatically set to the "Null" value. Note the following conventions:Numeric variables are automatically assigned the value "0" as soon as they are declared.
-Date variables are assigned the value 0 internally; equivalent to converting the value to "0" with the Day, Month, Year or the Hour, Minute, Second function.
+Date variables are assigned the value 0 internally; equivalent to converting the value to "0" with the Day, Month, Year or the Hour, Minute, Second function.String variables are assigned an empty-string ("") when they are declared.
Arrays
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020300.xhp
index b50699fe2a..999c5645eb 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020300.xhp
@@ -161,9 +161,9 @@
- Optional keyword
- Property Statement
- Static Statement
+ Optional keyword
+ Property Statement
+ Static Statement
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp
index 4be972c382..30e1bea828 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Libraries, Modules and Dialogs
+Libraries, Modules and DialogsThe following describes the basic use of libraries, modules and dialogs in $[officename] Basic.$[officename] Basic provides tools to help you structuring your projects. It supports various "units" which enable you to group individual SUBS and FUNCTIONS in a Basic project.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030000.xhp
index da133db881..167b1e0dfc 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030000.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
Basic IDE;Integrated Development EnvironmentIDE;Integrated Development Environment
-Integrated Development Environment (IDE)
+Integrated Development Environment (IDE)This section describes the Integrated Development Environment for $[officename] Basic.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030100.xhp
index 027ee28067..95d8c89b02 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030100.xhp
@@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
-IDE Overview
+IDE Overview
-The Macro Toolbar in the IDE provides various icons for editing and testing programs.
-In the Editor window, directly below the Macro toolbar, you can edit the Basic program code. The column on the left side is used to set breakpoints in the program code.
-The Watch window (observer) is located below the Editor window at the left, and displays the contents of variables or arrays during a single step process.
+The Macro Toolbar in the IDE provides various icons for editing and testing programs.
+In the Editor window, directly below the Macro toolbar, you can edit the Basic program code. The column on the left side is used to set breakpoints in the program code.
+The Watch window (observer) is located below the Editor window at the left, and displays the contents of variables or arrays during a single step process.The Call Stack window to the right provides information about the call stack of SUBS and FUNCTIONS when a program runs.
-Basic IDE
+Basic IDE
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030200.xhp
index bafdfa0ec1..32299fc69b 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030200.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
lines of text;in Basic editorcontinuation;long lines in editor
-
The Basic Editor
+
The Basic Editor
The Basic Editor provides the standard editing functions you are familiar with when working in a text document. It supports the functions of the Edit menu (Cut, Delete, Paste), the ability to select text with the Shift key, as well as cursor positioning functions (for example, moving from word to word with CommandCtrl and the arrow keys).Long lines can be split into several parts by inserting a space and an underline character _ as the last two characters of a line. This connects the line with the following line to one logical line. (If "Option Compatible" is used in the same Basic module, the line continuation feature is also valid for comment lines.)
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
-Basic IDE
+Basic IDE
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp
index 5ac8afe43e..e16c47eb6d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
Document: libraries stored in the document container are only available for the document and are accessible only when the document is open. You cannot access macros of a document from another document.
-To access macros stored in libraries of Application Macros or My Macros from another container, including the document container, use the GlobalScope specifier.
+To access macros stored in libraries of Application Macros or My Macros from another container, including the document container, use the GlobalScope specifier.
Organizing Libraries
Creating a New Library
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp
index 942be5ce68..140b75693d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
events; in documentsAPI; XDocumentEventListener
-
Document Event-Driven Macros
+
Document Event-Driven Macros
This section describes how to assign scripts to application, document or form events.You can automatically execute a macro when a specified software event occurs by assigning the desired macro to the event. The following table provides an overview of document events and at what point an assigned macro is executed.
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
- In addition to assigning macros to events, one can monitor events triggered in %PRODUCTNAME documents.
+ In addition to assigning macros to events, one can monitor events triggered in %PRODUCTNAME documents.
-$[officename] Basic IDE
+$[officename] Basic IDE
This section describes the structure of the Basic IDE.
@@ -60,6 +60,6 @@
HideHides the current module.Modules
-Opens the Macro Organizer dialog.
+Opens the Macro Organizer dialog.
-Call Stack Window (Calls)
+Call Stack Window (Calls)Displays the sequence of procedures and functions during the execution of a program. The Call Stack allows you to monitor the sequence of procedures and functions during the execution of a program. The procedures are functions are displayed bottom to top with the most recent function or procedure call at the top of the list.
-
General
+
General
Define the properties for the selected control or dialog. The available properties depend on the type of control selected. The following properties therefore are not available for every type of control.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp
index fd3d25ae86..3ab5d1b940 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Events
+EventsDefine event assignments for the selected control or dialog. The available events depend on the type of control selected.When receiving focus
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11010000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11010000.xhp
index ad5f0a5c14..283c81aaba 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11010000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11010000.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Library
+LibrarySelect the library that you want to edit. The first module of the library that you select is displayed in the Basic IDE.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11020000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11020000.xhp
index ce53ee4382..0f5c165b7f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11020000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11020000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-
Compile
+
Compile
Compiles the Basic macro. You need to compile a macro after you make changes to it, or if the macro uses single or procedure steps.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11030000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11030000.xhp
index 91d2c92f42..a4ec8225d2 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11030000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11030000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Run
+RunRuns the first macro of the current module.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11040000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11040000.xhp
index a8a7aa4152..7cda6b8586 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11040000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11040000.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
stopping macros
-Stop
+StopStops running the current macro. You can also press Shift+Ctrl+Q.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11050000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11050000.xhp
index 57a75a94e4..20091efef0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11050000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11050000.xhp
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@
-Single Step
+Single StepRuns the macro and stops it after the next command.
-You can use this command in conjunction with the Watch command to troubleshoot errors.
+You can use this command in conjunction with the Watch command to troubleshoot errors.
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-Procedure Step function
+Procedure Step function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11060000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11060000.xhp
index dd497d1448..d57eee93b2 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11060000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11060000.xhp
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@
-Procedure Step
+Procedure StepRuns the macro and stops it after the next procedure.
-You can use this command in conjunction with the Watch command to troubleshoot errors.
+You can use this command in conjunction with the Watch command to troubleshoot errors.
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-Single Step function
+Single Step function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11070000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11070000.xhp
index 8382317d2a..9bf1455c7f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11070000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11070000.xhp
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@
-Breakpoint
+BreakpointInserts a breakpoint in the program line.
-The breakpoint is inserted at the cursor position. Use a breakpoint to interrupt a program just before an error occurs. You can then troubleshoot the program by running it in Single Step mode until the error occurs. You can also use the Watch icon to check the content of the relevant variables.
+The breakpoint is inserted at the cursor position. Use a breakpoint to interrupt a program just before an error occurs. You can then troubleshoot the program by running it in Single Step mode until the error occurs. You can also use the Watch icon to check the content of the relevant variables.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11080000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11080000.xhp
index 98643b7db2..d461a7243d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11080000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11080000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Enable Watch
+Enable WatchClick this icon to view the variables in a macro. The contents of the variable are displayed in a separate window.Click the name of a variable to select it, then click the Enable Watch icon. The value that is assigned to the variable is displayed next to its name. This value is constantly updated.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp
index b4f68b8a9e..fd12cdd830 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Object Catalog
+Object CatalogOpens the Objects pane, where you can view Basic objects.Double click the name of a function or sub to load the module that contains that function or sub, and to position the cursor. Double click the name of a module or dialog to load and display that module or dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11100000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11100000.xhp
index 1fe1f49555..bb145b6f3e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11100000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11100000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-
Macros
+
Macros
Opens the Macro dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11110000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11110000.xhp
index 9a982589e0..dd7b8d82cf 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11110000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11110000.xhp
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
-
Modules
- Click here to open the Macro Organizer dialog.
+
Highlights the text that is enclosed by two corresponding brackets. Place the text cursor in front of an opening or closing bracket, and then click this icon.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11140000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11140000.xhp
index a33237355c..416daf65a3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11140000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11140000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Insert Source Text
+Insert Source TextOpens the Basic source text in the Basic IDE window.Place the cursor in the code where you want to insert the source text, and then click the Insert source text icon. Locate the file that contains the Basic source text that you want to insert, and then click Open.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11150000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11150000.xhp
index a08b9245b8..e1d99d6a14 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11150000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11150000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Save Source As
+Save Source AsSaves the source code of the selected Basic macro.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11160000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11160000.xhp
index 1345affdea..0fd73a2250 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11160000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11160000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-
Step Out
+
Step Out
Jumps back to the previous routine in the current macro.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11170000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11170000.xhp
index f944e2aba8..91ab95c3ad 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11170000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11170000.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Manage Breakpoints
+Manage BreakpointsCalls a dialog to manage breakpoints.
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
- Manage Breakpoints dialog
+ Manage Breakpoints dialog
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11180000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11180000.xhp
index 594c3cc165..7d2a76f121 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11180000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11180000.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Import Dialog
+Import DialogCalls an "Open" dialog to import a BASIC dialog file.If the imported dialog has a name that already exists in the library, you see a message box where you can decide to rename the imported dialog. In this case the dialog will be renamed to the next free "automatic" name like when creating a new dialog. Or you can replace the existing dialog by the imported dialog. If you click Cancel the dialog is not imported.Dialogs can contain localization data. When importing a dialog, a mismatch of the dialogs' localization status can occur.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11190000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11190000.xhp
index dc39139a68..492e2589c7 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11190000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11190000.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Export Dialog
+Export DialogIn the dialog editor, this command calls a "Save as" dialog to export the current BASIC dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/20000000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/20000000.xhp
index c6c9c97f8c..716911532e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/20000000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/20000000.xhp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
test mode control
-
Insert Controls
+
Insert Controls
Opens the Toolbox bar.
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
-In edit mode, double-click a control to open the properties dialog.
+In edit mode, double-click a control to open the properties dialog.In edit mode, you can also right-click a control and choose the cut, copy, and paste command.
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
Icon Properties
-Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the selected control.
+Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the selected control.
BASIC ScriptForge libraryPython scriptforge module
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
• Basic macros require to load ScriptForge library using the following statement: GlobalScope.BasicLibraries.loadLibrary("ScriptForge")
• Python scripts require an import from scriptforge module: from scriptforge import CreateScriptService
- To learn more about how to create and execute Python scripts using the ScriptForge library, read the help page Creating Python Scripts with ScriptForge.
+ To learn more about how to create and execute Python scripts using the ScriptForge library, read the help page Creating Python Scripts with ScriptForge.
Invoking ScriptForge services
The described modules and classes are invoked from user scripts as "Services". A generic constructor of those services has been designed for that purpose for each language.
@@ -67,20 +67,20 @@
- Array
- Dictionary
+ Array
+ Dictionary
- Exception
- FileSystem
+ Exception
+ FileSystem
- String
- TextStream
+ String
+ TextStream
@@ -90,20 +90,20 @@
- Base
- Calc
+ Base
+ Calc
- Chart
- Database
+ Chart
+ Database
- Document
- Writer
+ Document
+ Writer
@@ -113,21 +113,21 @@
- Dialog
- DialogControl
- Form
+ Dialog
+ DialogControl
+ Form
- FormControl
- Menu
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_depot.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_depot.xhp
index 2c4a01ba1f..5011372503 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_depot.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_depot.xhp
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
- The Depot Library
+ The Depot Library
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_euro.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_euro.xhp
index d975c69d40..ef3e59bc5b 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_euro.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_euro.xhp
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
-
The Euro Library
+
The Euro Library
BASIC Euro library
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
Basic routine name conflicts may exist when multiple Basic libraries are loaded in memory.
- ImportWizard and Tools Basic libraries
- Euro Converter Wizard describes what the Euro library does.
+ ImportWizard and Tools Basic libraries
+ Euro Converter Wizard describes what the Euro library does.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_formwizard.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_formwizard.xhp
index c3ff82a118..69f3443fd1 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_formwizard.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_formwizard.xhp
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
- The FormWizard Library
+ The FormWizard Library
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_gimmicks.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_gimmicks.xhp
index 01c7d0171d..8b3d297276 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_gimmicks.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_gimmicks.xhp
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
- The Gimmicks Library
+ The Gimmicks LibraryBASIC Gimmicks library
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
Basic routine name conflicts may exist when multiple Basic libraries are loaded in memory.
- Tools Basic library
- Using AutoText explains what the Gimmicks library does.
+ Tools Basic library
+ Using AutoText explains what the Gimmicks library does.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_importwiz.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_importwiz.xhp
index 20669ec997..c9b806a794 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_importwiz.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_importwiz.xhp
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
-
The ImportWizard Library
+
The ImportWizard Library
BASIC ImportWizard library
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
Basic routine name conflicts may exist when multiple Basic libraries are loaded in memory.
- Tools Basic library
- Document Converter describes what the ImportWizard library does.
+ Tools Basic library
+ Document Converter describes what the ImportWizard library does.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_schedule.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_schedule.xhp
index 00cf3dcc83..78dc00ed35 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_schedule.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_schedule.xhp
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
- The Schedule Library
+ The Schedule LibraryBASIC Schedule library
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_script.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_script.xhp
index c2ef92b9b7..334a03e97b 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_script.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_script.xhp
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
-
The ScriptBindingLibrary Library
+
The ScriptBindingLibrary Library
BASIC ScriptBindingLibrary library
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
Running any Highlight example script loads the ScriptBindingLibrary library in memory.This library is not used by %PRODUCTNAME Basic.
- Basic macro selector
- Beanshell, Java and JavaScript Scripts
+ Basic macro selector
+ Beanshell, Java and JavaScript Scripts
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_template.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_template.xhp
index f7e093fa0c..b490b136d6 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_template.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_template.xhp
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
- The Template Library
+ The Template Library
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_tools.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_tools.xhp
index 2ed625b5aa..26e9fbdd6d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_tools.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_tools.xhp
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
- The Tools Library
+ The Tools LibraryBASIC Tools library
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
GlobalScope.BasicLibraries.LoadLibrary("Tools")
- Debug Module
- ListBox Module
- Misc Module
- ModuleControls Module
- Strings Module
- UCB Module
+ Debug Module
+ ListBox Module
+ Misc Module
+ ModuleControls Module
+ Strings Module
+ UCB ModuleBASIC Tools library;Debug module
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
DialogName as String, Optional oLibContainer)
- Refer to Opening a Dialog with Basic for an example of LoadDialog function.
+ Refer to Opening a Dialog with Basic for an example of LoadDialog function.
GetFolderName
Sub GetFolderName(oRefModel as Object)
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_wikieditor.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_wikieditor.xhp
index 2bf31fc1a9..d2aec47db2 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_wikieditor.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_wikieditor.xhp
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
-
Provides a collection of methods for manipulating and transforming arrays of one dimension (vectors) and arrays of two dimensions (matrices). This includes set operations, sorting, importing from and exporting to text files.Arrays with more than two dimensions cannot be used with the methods in this service, the only exception being the CountDims method that accepts Arrays with any number of dimensions.
@@ -56,42 +56,42 @@
- Append
- AppendColumn
- AppendRow
- Contains
- ConvertToDictionary
- Copy
- CountDims
- Difference
- ExportToTextFile
- ExtractColumn
- ExtractRow
+ Append
+ AppendColumn
+ AppendRow
+ Contains
+ ConvertToDictionary
+ Copy
+ CountDims
+ Difference
+ ExportToTextFile
+ ExtractColumn
+ ExtractRow
- Flatten
- ImportFromCSVFile
- IndexOf
- Insert
- InsertSorted
- Intersection
- Join2D
- Prepend
- PrependColumn
- PrependRow
- RangeInit
+ Flatten
+ ImportFromCSVFile
+ IndexOf
+ Insert
+ InsertSorted
+ Intersection
+ Join2D
+ Prepend
+ PrependColumn
+ PrependRow
+ RangeInit
- Reverse
- Shuffle
- Slice
- Sort
- SortColumns
- SortRows
- Transpose
- TrimArray
- Union
- Unique
- Store the content of a 2-columns array into a ScriptForge.Dictionary object.
+ Store the content of a 2-columns array into a ScriptForge.Dictionary object.
The key will be extracted from the first column, the item from the second.
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
array_1d: The array to export. It must contain only strings.filename: The name of the text file where the data will be written to. The name must be expressed according to the current FileNaming property of the SF_FileSystem service.
- encoding: The character set that should be used. Use one of the names listed in IANA character sets. Note that %PRODUCTNAME may not implement all existing character sets (Default is "UTF-8").
+ encoding: The character set that should be used. Use one of the names listed in IANA character sets. Note that %PRODUCTNAME may not implement all existing character sets (Default is "UTF-8").SF_Array.ExportToTextFile(Array("A","B","C","D"), "C:\Temp\A short file.txt")
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
ImportFromCSVFile
Import the data contained in a comma-separated values (CSV) file. The comma may be replaced by any character.
- The applicable CSV format is described in IETF Common Format and MIME Type for CSV Files.
+ The applicable CSV format is described in IETF Common Format and MIME Type for CSV Files.Each line in the file contains a full record (line splitting is not allowed).
However sequences like \n, \t, ... are left unchanged. Use SF_String.Unescape() method to manage them.The method returns a two dimension array whose rows correspond to a single record read in the file and whose columns correspond to a field of the record. No check is made about the coherence of the field types across columns. A best guess will be made to identify numeric and date types.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_base.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_base.xhp
index ee0f5b2e80..ad5c858204 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_base.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_base.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
Base service
-
SFDocuments.Base service
+
SFDocuments.Base service
The Base service provides a number of methods and properties to facilitate the management and handling of %PRODUCTNAME Base documents.This service is closely related to the Document service, which provides generic methods for handling %PRODUCTNAME documents, including Base documents. Hence, the Base service extends the Document service and provides additional methods that are specific for Base documents, enabling users to:
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
- Refer to the Document service to learn more about methods and properties that can be used to manage %PRODUCTNAME documents.
+ Refer to the Document service to learn more about methods and properties that can be used to manage %PRODUCTNAME documents.
Service invocation
Before using the Base service the ScriptForge library needs to be loaded or imported:
@@ -85,22 +85,22 @@
- CloseFormDocument
- FormDocuments
- Forms
+ CloseFormDocument
+ FormDocuments
+ Forms
- GetDatabase
- IsLoaded
- OpenFormDocument
+ GetDatabase
+ IsLoaded
+ OpenFormDocument
- PrintOut
- SetPrinter
+ PrintOut
+ SetPrinter
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
for formName in myForms: bas.MsgBox(formName)
- To learn more about form documents, refer to the Form service help page.
+ To learn more about form documents, refer to the Form service help page.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
Base service;GetDatabase
GetDatabase
- Returns an instance of the Database service that allows the execution of SQL commands on the database defined and/or stored in the current Base document
+ Returns an instance of the Database service that allows the execution of SQL commands on the database defined and/or stored in the current Base document
svc.GetDatabase(user: str = '', password: str = ''): svc
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_basic.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_basic.xhp
index 300838e7b8..53b07688ff 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_basic.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_basic.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-
ScriptForge.Basic service
+
ScriptForge.Basic service
The ScriptForge.Basic service proposes a collection of %PRODUCTNAME Basic methods to be executed in a Python context. Basic service methods reproduce the exact syntax and behaviour of Basic builtin functions.
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
UNO object
- StarDesktop object represents %PRODUCTNAME Start Center.
+ StarDesktop object represents %PRODUCTNAME Start Center.
Converts a numeric expression or a string to a datetime.datetime Python native object.
- This method exposes the Basic builtin function CDate to Python scripts.
+ This method exposes the Basic builtin function CDate to Python scripts.
svc.CDate(expression: any): obj
@@ -406,11 +406,11 @@
GetDefaultContext
Returns the default context of the process service factory, if existent, else returns a null reference.
- GetDefaultContext is an alternative to the getComponentContext() method available from XSCRIPTCONTEXT global variable or from uno.py module.
+ GetDefaultContext is an alternative to the getComponentContext() method available from XSCRIPTCONTEXT global variable or from uno.py module.svc.GetDefaultContext(): uno
- The default component context is used, when instantiating services via XMultiServiceFactory. See the Professional UNO chapter in the Developer's Guide on api.libreoffice.org for more information.
+ The default component context is used, when instantiating services via XMultiServiceFactory. See the Professional UNO chapter in the Developer's Guide on api.libreoffice.org for more information.ctx = bas.GetDefaultContext()
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
GetGuiType
Returns a numerical value that specifies the graphical user interface. This function is only provided for backward compatibility with previous versions.
- Refer to system() method from platform Python module to identify the operating system.
+ Refer to system() method from platform Python module to identify the operating system.svc.GetGuiType(): int
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
GetPathSeparator
Returns the operating system-dependent directory separator used to specify file paths.
- Use os.pathsep from os Python module to identify the path separator.
+ Use os.pathsep from os Python module to identify the path separator.svc.GetPathSeparator(): str
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
svc.GlobalScope.BasicLibraries(): uno
- com.sun.star.script.XLibraryContainer
+ com.sun.star.script.XLibraryContainerThe following example loads the Gimmicks Basic library if it has not been loaded yet.
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@
svc.GlobalScope.DialogLibraries(): uno
- com.sun.star.comp.sfx2.DialogLibraryContainer
+ com.sun.star.comp.sfx2.DialogLibraryContainerThe following example shows a message box with the names of all available dialog libraries.
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
txt = s.InputBox('Please enter a phrase:', "Dear user")s.MsgBox(txt, s.MB_ICONINFORMATION, "Confirmation of phrase")
- For in-depth information please refer to Input/Output to Screen with Python on the Wiki.
+ For in-depth information please refer to Input/Output to Screen with Python on the Wiki.
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@
table_names = db_doc.DataSource.getTables().getElementNames()bas.MsgBox("\n".join(table_names))
- Visit the OfficeDatabaseDocument API page to learn more about Base's main component structure.
+ Visit the OfficeDatabaseDocument API page to learn more about Base's main component structure.
@@ -647,13 +647,13 @@
- uno.fileUrlToSystemPath()
- uno.systemPathToFileUrl()
- Input/Output to Screen with Python on the wiki
- XSCRIPTCONTEXT.getComponentContext()
- uno.getComponentContext()
- platform.system()
- os.pathsep()
+ uno.fileUrlToSystemPath()
+ uno.systemPathToFileUrl()
+ Input/Output to Screen with Python on the wiki
+ XSCRIPTCONTEXT.getComponentContext()
+ uno.getComponentContext()
+ platform.system()
+ os.pathsep()
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_calc.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_calc.xhp
index 0dd706d181..ebc41d0322 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_calc.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_calc.xhp
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@
-
SFDocuments.Calc service
+
SFDocuments.Calc service
The SFDocuments shared library provides a number of methods and properties to facilitate the management and handling of %PRODUCTNAME documents.
- The SFDocuments.Calc service is a subclass of the SFDocuments.Document service. All methods and properties defined for the Document service can also be accessed using a Calc service instance.
+ The SFDocuments.Calc service is a subclass of the SFDocuments.Document service. All methods and properties defined for the Document service can also be accessed using a Calc service instance.The Calc service is focused on:
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
Properties
- All the properties generic to any document are implicitly applicable also to Calc documents. For more information, read the Document service Help page.
+ All the properties generic to any document are implicitly applicable also to Calc documents. For more information, read the Document service Help page.The properties specifically available for Calc documents are:
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@
- Visit %PRODUCTNAME API Documentation's website to learn more about XCellRange, XSheetCellCursor and XSpreadsheet UNO objects.
+ Visit %PRODUCTNAME API Documentation's website to learn more about XCellRange, XSheetCellCursor and XSpreadsheet UNO objects.
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@
wholecolumn: If this option is set to True the entire column will be deleted from the sheet. The default value is False, which means that the deleted column will be limited to the height of the specified range.filterformula: The filter to be applied to each column to determine whether or not it will be deleted. The filter is expressed as a Calc formula that should be applied to the first column. When the formula returns True for a column, that column will be deleted. The default filter deletes all empty columns.For example, suppose range A1:J200 is selected (height = 200), so the default formula is =(COUNTBLANK(A1:A200)=200). This means that if all 200 cells are empty in the first column (Column A), then the column is deleted. Note that the formula is expressed with respect to the first column only. Internally the CompactLeft method will generalize this formula for all the remaining columns.
- Calc functions used in the filterformula argument must be expressed using their English names. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English.
+ Calc functions used in the filterformula argument must be expressed using their English names. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English.
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@
wholerow: If this option is set to True the entire row will be deleted from the sheet. The default value is False, which means that the deleted row will be limited to the width of the specified range.filterformula: The filter to be applied to each row to determine whether or not it will be deleted. The filter is expressed as a Calc formula that should be applied to the first row. When the formula returns True for a row, that row will be deleted. The default filter deletes all empty rows.For example, suppose range A1:J200 is selected (width = 10), so the default formula is =(COUNTBLANK(A1:J1)=10). This means that if all 10 cells are empty in the first row (Row 1), then the row is deleted. Note that the formula is expressed with respect to the first row only. Internally the CompactUp method will generalize this formula for all the remaining rows.
- The Calc functions used in the formula specified in the filterformula argument must be expressed using their English names. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English.
+ The Calc functions used in the formula specified in the filterformula argument must be expressed using their English names. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English.
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@
chart = doc.CreateChart("MyChart", "Sheet2", "Sheet1.A1:B5", rowheader=True)chart.ChartType = "Donut"
- Refer to the help page about ScriptForge's Chart service to learn more how to further manipulate chart objects. It is possible to change properties as the chart type, chart and axes titles and chart position.
+ Refer to the help page about ScriptForge's Chart service to learn more how to further manipulate chart objects. It is possible to change properties as the chart type, chart and axes titles and chart position.
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@
"Item", ["State", "Team"], False)
- To learn more about Pivot Tables in %PRODUCTNAME Calc, read the Pivot Table help page.
+ To learn more about Pivot Tables in %PRODUCTNAME Calc, read the Pivot Table help page.
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@
GetFormula
Get the formula(s) stored in the given range of cells as a single string, a 1D or a 2D array of strings.
- The names of Calc functions used in the returned formulas are expressed in English. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English.
+ The names of Calc functions used in the returned formulas are expressed in English. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English.
svc.GetFormula(range: str): any
@@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@
arrValues = myDoc.GetValue("~.B1:C100")
- If a cell contains a date, the number corresponding to that date will be returned. To convert numeric values to dates in Basic scripts, use the Basic CDate builtin function. In Python scripts, use the CDate function from the Basic service.
+ If a cell contains a date, the number corresponding to that date will be returned. To convert numeric values to dates in Basic scripts, use the Basic CDate builtin function. In Python scripts, use the CDate function from the Basic service.
@@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@
myDoc.ImportFromCSVFile(r"C:\Temp\myCSVFile.csv", "SheetY.C5")
- To learn more about the CSV Filter Options, refer to the CSV Filter Options help page.
+ To learn more about the CSV Filter Options, refer to the CSV Filter Options help page.
@@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@
Offset
Returns a new range (as a string) offset by a certain number of rows and columns from a given range.
- This method has the same behavior as the homonymous Calc's Offset function.
+ This method has the same behavior as the homonymous Calc's Offset function.
svc.Offset(reference: str, rows: int = 0, columns: int = 0, [height: int], [width: int]): str
@@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@
value: A scalar, a vector or an array (in Python, one or two-dimensional lists and tuples) with the new values to be stored from the target cell or from the top-left corner of the range if targetcell is a range. The new values must be strings, numeric values or dates. Other types will cause the corresponding cells to be emptied.
- The following example uses the builtin DimArray function to create an array and then store it in cell "A1":
+ The following example uses the builtin DimArray function to create an array and then store it in cell "A1":Dim arrData as VariantarrData = DimArray(2, 1)
@@ -1789,7 +1789,7 @@
If the size of formula is smaller than the size of targetrange, then the remaining cells are emptied.If the size of formula is larger than the size of targetrange, then the formulas are only partially copied until it fills the size of targetrange.Vectors are always expanded vertically, except if targetrange has a height of exactly 1 row.
- Calc functions used in the formula argument must be expressed using their English names. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English.
+ Calc functions used in the formula argument must be expressed using their English names. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_chart.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_chart.xhp
index ca1cc338ff..01f113a517 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_chart.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_chart.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-
SFDocuments.Chart service
+
SFDocuments.Chart service
The Chart service provides a set of properties and methods to handle charts in Calc documents. With this service it is possible to:
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
Set oDoc = CreateScriptService("Calc")Set oChart = oDoc.CreateChart("My Chart", "Sheet1", "Sheet1.A1:C10")
- Read the CreateChart method description to learn more about its arguments.
+ Read the CreateChart method description to learn more about its arguments.The examples above can be written in Python as follows:
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
UNO Object
- Returns the object representing the chart, which is an instance of the ScChartObj class.
+ Returns the object representing the chart, which is an instance of the ScChartObj class.
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
UNO Object
- Returns the com.sun.star.chart.XDiagram object representing the diagram of the chart.
+ Returns the com.sun.star.chart.XDiagram object representing the diagram of the chart.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@
UNO Object
- Returns the com.sun.star.drawing.XShape object representing the shape of the chart.
+ Returns the com.sun.star.drawing.XShape object representing the shape of the chart.
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
UNO Object
- Returns the com.sun.star.table.XTableChart object representing the data being displayed in the chart.
+ Returns the com.sun.star.table.XTableChart object representing the data being displayed in the chart.
The Database service provides access to databases either embedded or described in Base documents. This service provides methods to:
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
Each instance of the Database service represents a single database and gives access to its tables, queries and data.
- This service does not provide access to forms or reports in the Base document that contains the database. To access forms in a Base document, refer to the method FormDocuments of the Base service.
+ This service does not provide access to forms or reports in the Base document that contains the database. To access forms in a Base document, refer to the method FormDocuments of the Base service.All exchanges between this service and the database are done using SQL only.SQL statements may be run in direct or indirect mode. In direct mode the statement is transferred to the database engine without any syntax checking or review.The provided interfaces include simple tables and queries lists, as well as access to database data.
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
Accessing Databases with the UI Service
- It is also possible to access the database associated with a Base document using the ScriptForge.UI service, as shown in the examples below:
+ It is also possible to access the database associated with a Base document using the ScriptForge.UI service, as shown in the examples below:Dim myDoc As Object, myDatabase As Object, ui As Object
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
myDatabase.CloseDatabase()doc.CloseDocument()
- The GetDatabase method used in the example above is part of ScriptForge's Base service.
+ The GetDatabase method used in the example above is part of ScriptForge's Base service.Database Service;Queries
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
Yes
- XConnection
+ XConnectionThe UNO object representing the current database connection.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
Yes
- XDatabaseMetaData
+ XDatabaseMetaDataThe UNO object representing the metadata describing the database system attributes.
@@ -189,23 +189,23 @@
- CloseDatabase
- DAvg
- DCount
+ CloseDatabase
+ DAvg
+ DCount
- DMin
- DMax
- DSum
+ DMin
+ DMax
+ DSum
- DLookup
- GetRows
- RunSql
+ DLookup
+ GetRows
+ RunSql
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialog.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialog.xhp
index 8f9f755c15..b4c34f7725 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialog.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialog.xhp
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
-
SFDialogs.Dialog service
- The Dialog service contributes to the management of dialogs created with the Basic Dialog Editor. Each instance of the current class represents a single dialog box displayed to the user.
+
SFDialogs.Dialog service
+ The Dialog service contributes to the management of dialogs created with the Basic Dialog Editor. Each instance of the current class represents a single dialog box displayed to the user.A dialog box can be displayed in modal or in non-modal modes.In modal mode, the box is displayed and the execution of the macro process is suspended until one of the OK or Cancel buttons is pressed. In the meantime, user actions executed on the box can trigger specific actions.
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
The Dialog service is invoked through the CreateScriptService method. It requires three positional arguments to specify the dialog box to activate:
- Container: "GlobalScope" for preinstalled libraries or a window name as defined by ScriptForge.UI service. Empty string "" default value stands for the current document.
+ Container: "GlobalScope" for preinstalled libraries or a window name as defined by ScriptForge.UI service. Empty string "" default value stands for the current document.Library: The case-sensitive name of a library contained in the container. Default value is "Standard".DialogName: A case-sensitive string designating the dialog.Below %PRODUCTNAME Basic and Python examples are displaying the dlgConsole dialog that belongs to ScriptForge shared library:
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
UNO object
- The UNO object representing the dialog model. Refer to XControlModel and UnoControlDialogModel in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
+ The UNO object representing the dialog model. Refer to XControlModel and UnoControlDialogModel in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
UNO object
- The UNO object representing the dialog view. Refer to XControl and UnoControlDialog in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
+ The UNO object representing the dialog view. Refer to XControl and UnoControlDialog in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
Event properties
- Returns a URI string with the reference to the script triggered by the event. Read its specification in the scripting framework URI specification.
+ Returns a URI string with the reference to the script triggered by the event. Read its specification in the scripting framework URI specification.
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@
dlg = CreateScriptService("SFDialogs.DialogEvent", event) dlg.EndExecute(25)
- Above com.sun.star.lang.EventObject mentions are optional. Such annotations help identify %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API).
+ Above com.sun.star.lang.EventObject mentions are optional. Such annotations help identify %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API).
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@
Replaces all fixed text strings in a dialog by their translated versions based on a L10N service instance. This method translates the following strings:The method returns True if successful.
- To create a list of translatable strings in a dialog use the AddTextsFromDialog method from the L10N service.
+ To create a list of translatable strings in a dialog use the AddTextsFromDialog method from the L10N service.
svc.GetTextsFromL10N(l10n: svc): bool
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@
dlg.GetTextsFromL10N(myPO)dlg.Execute()
- Read the L10N service help page to learn more about how PO and POT files are handled.
+ Read the L10N service help page to learn more about how PO and POT files are handled.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialogcontrol.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialogcontrol.xhp
index 59bb03085d..c29d82c65f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialogcontrol.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialogcontrol.xhp
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@
DialogControl service
-
SFDialogs.DialogControl service
- The DialogControl service manages the controls belonging to a dialog defined with the Basic Dialog Editor. Each instance of the current service represents a single control within a dialog box.
+
SFDialogs.DialogControl service
+ The DialogControl service manages the controls belonging to a dialog defined with the Basic Dialog Editor. Each instance of the current service represents a single control within a dialog box.API;awt.XControlAPI;awt.XControlModel
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
Note that the unique DialogControl.Value property content varies according to the control type.A special attention is given to controls of type tree control. It is easy to populate a tree, either branch by branch, or with a set of branches at once. Populating a tree control can be performed statically or dynamically.
- The SFDialogs.DialogControl service is closely related to the SFDialogs.Dialog service.
+ The SFDialogs.DialogControl service is closely related to the SFDialogs.Dialog service.
Service invocation
Before using the DialogControl service the ScriptForge library needs to be loaded or imported:
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
TreeControl
- The currently upmost node selected in the tree control. Refer to XmutableTreeNode in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
+ The currently upmost node selected in the tree control. Refer to XmutableTreeNode in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
TreeControl
- An object representing the lowest root node (usually there is only one such root node). Refer to XmutableTreeNode in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
+ An object representing the lowest root node (usually there is only one such root node). Refer to XmutableTreeNode in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@
- Refer to Value property
+ Refer to Value property
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@
All
- The UNO object representing the control model. Refer to XControlModel and UnoControlDialogModel in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
+ The UNO object representing the control model. Refer to XControlModel and UnoControlDialogModel in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@
All
- The UNO object representing the control view. Refer to XControl and UnoControlDialog in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
+ The UNO object representing the control view. Refer to XControl and UnoControlDialog in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@
TreeControl
- The UNO object representing the tree control data model. Refer to XMutableTreeDataModel in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
+ The UNO object representing the tree control data model. Refer to XMutableTreeDataModel in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@
Event properties
- Returns a URI string with the reference to the script triggered by the event. Read its specification in the scripting framework URI specification.
+ Returns a URI string with the reference to the script triggered by the event. Read its specification in the scripting framework URI specification.
- Create and return a new node of the tree control as a UNO object subordinate to a parent node. Refer to XMutableTreeNode in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
+ Create and return a new node of the tree control as a UNO object subordinate to a parent node. Refer to XMutableTreeNode in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.This method may be called before displaying the dialog box to build the initial tree. It may also be called from a dialog or control event - using the OnNodeExpanded event - to complete the tree dynamically.
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@
One argument out of displayvalue or datavalue must be specified. If both present, one match is sufficient to select the node.
- displayvalue: The pattern to be matched. Refer to SF_String.IsLike() method for the list of possible wildcards. When equal to the zero-length string (default), this display value is not searched for.
+ displayvalue: The pattern to be matched. Refer to SF_String.IsLike() method for the list of possible wildcards. When equal to the zero-length string (default), this display value is not searched for.casesensitive: Default value is False
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dictionary.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dictionary.xhp
index ba510c046d..f92d13d5a5 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dictionary.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dictionary.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
Dictionary service
-
- Converts the contents of a dictionary to JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) text.
+ Converts the contents of a dictionary to JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) text.
Limitations
This method supports the following data types: String, Boolean, numbers, Null and Empty. Arrays containing items of those types are also allowed, whatever their dimensions. Dates are converted into strings, however they cannot be used inside Arrays. Other data types are converted to their string representation using the SF_String.Represent service.
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
Dictionary service;ImportFromJson
ImportFromJson
- Adds the content of a JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) string into the current dictionary. Returns True if successful.
+ Adds the content of a JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) string into the current dictionary. Returns True if successful.
Limitations
The JSON string may contain numbers, text, booleans, null values and arrays containing those types. It must not contain JSON objects namely sub-dictionaries.An attempt is made to convert text to date if the item matches one of these patterns: YYYY-MM-DD, HH:MM:SS or YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_document.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_document.xhp
index 6a2e0129df..ea3af55c15 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_document.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_document.xhp
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-
SFDocuments.Document service
+
SFDocuments.Document service
The SFDocuments library provides methods and properties to facilitate the management and manipulation of %PRODUCTNAME documents.Methods that are applicable for all types of documents (Text Documents, Sheets, Presentations, etc) are provided by the SFDocuments.Document service. Some examples are:
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
Dictionary service
- Returns a ScriptForge.Dictionary object instance. After update, can be passed again to the property for updating the document. Individual items of the dictionary may be either strings, numbers, (Basic) dates or com.sun.star.util.Duration items.
+ Returns a ScriptForge.Dictionary object instance. After update, can be passed again to the property for updating the document. Individual items of the dictionary may be either strings, numbers, (Basic) dates or com.sun.star.util.Duration items.
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
UNO Object
- The UNO object com.sun.star.lang.XComponent or com.sun.star.comp.dba.ODatabaseDocument representing the document
+ The UNO object com.sun.star.lang.XComponent or com.sun.star.comp.dba.ODatabaseDocument representing the document
@@ -332,25 +332,25 @@
- Activate
- CloseDocument
- CreateMenu
- ExportAsPDF
+ Activate
+ CloseDocument
+ CreateMenu
+ ExportAsPDF
- PrintOut
- RemoveMenu
- RunCommand
- Save
+ PrintOut
+ RemoveMenu
+ RunCommand
+ Save
- SaveAs
- SaveCopyAs
- SetPrinter
+ SaveAs
+ SaveCopyAs
+ SetPrinter
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@
CreateMenu
Creates a new menu entry in the menubar of a given document window.
- This method returns an instance of the SFWidgets.Menu service.
+ This method returns an instance of the SFWidgets.Menu service.The menu created is only available during the current %PRODUCTNAME session and is not saved neither in the document nor in the global application settings. Hence closing the document window will make the menu disappear. It will only reappear when the macro that creates the menu is executed again.
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
menu.Dispose()
- Refer to the SFWidgets.Menu help page to learn more about how to create/remove menus in %PRODUCTNAME document windows.
+ Refer to the SFWidgets.Menu help page to learn more about how to create/remove menus in %PRODUCTNAME document windows.
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
ExportAsPDF
Exports the document directly as a PDF file to the specified location. Returns True if the PDF file was successfully created.
- The export options can be set either manually using the dialog or by calling the methods GetPDFExportOptions and SetPDFExportOptions from the Session service.
+ The export options can be set either manually using the dialog or by calling the methods GetPDFExportOptions and SetPDFExportOptions from the Session service.
svc.ExportAsPDF(filename: str, overwrite: bool = False, opt pages: str, opt password: str, opt watermark: str): bool
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@
Runs a UNO command on the document window associated with the service instance. A few typical commands are: Save, SaveAs, ExportToPDF, Undo, Copy, Paste, etc.The document itself does not need to be active to be able to run commands.Commands can be run with or without arguments. Arguments are not validated before running the command. If the command or its arguments are invalid, then nothing will happen.
- For a complete list of UNO commands that can be run in %PRODUCTNAME, refer to the Wiki page Development/DispatchCommands.
+ For a complete list of UNO commands that can be run in %PRODUCTNAME, refer to the Wiki page Development/DispatchCommands.
svc.RunCommand(command: str, [args: any])
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_exception.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_exception.xhp
index c85fa4068c..decfbd2809 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_exception.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_exception.xhp
@@ -20,13 +20,13 @@
Exception service
-
ScriptForge.Exception service
+
ScriptForge.Exception service
The Exception service is a collection of methods to assist in code debugging in Basic and Python scripts and in error handling in Basic scripts.In Basic scripts, when a run-time error occurs, the methods and properties of the Exception service help identify the error context and allow to handle it.
- The SF_Exception service is similar to the VBA Err object.
+ The SF_Exception service is similar to the VBA Err object.The Number property identifies the error.
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
Errors and warnings raised with the Exception service are stored in memory and can be retrieved using the Console method.
- The Exception service console stores events, variable values and information about errors. Use the console when the Basic IDE is not easily accessible, for example in Calc user defined functions (UDF) or during events processing.
+ The Exception service console stores events, variable values and information about errors. Use the console when the Basic IDE is not easily accessible, for example in Calc user defined functions (UDF) or during events processing.Use the DebugPrint method to add any relevant information to the console. Console entries can be dumped to a text file or visualized in a dialog window.When an error occurs, an application macro may:
@@ -133,24 +133,24 @@
- Clear
- Console
- ConsoleClear
+ Clear
+ Console
+ ConsoleClear
- ConsoleToFile
- DebugDisplay
- DebugPrint
+ ConsoleToFile
+ DebugDisplay
+ DebugPrint
- PythonPrint
- PythonShell
- Raise
- RaiseWarning
+ PythonPrint
+ PythonShell
+ Raise
+ RaiseWarning
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
'If division by zero, ignore the errorEnd Sub
- For a complete list of Basic run-time error codes, refer to Debugging a Basic Program.
+ For a complete list of Basic run-time error codes, refer to Debugging a Basic Program.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
exc.ConsoleToFile(filename: str): bool
- filename: The name of the text file the console should be dumped into. The name is expressed according to the current FileNaming property of the SF_FileSystem service. By default, URL notation and the native operating system's format are both admitted.
+ filename: The name of the text file the console should be dumped into. The name is expressed according to the current FileNaming property of the SF_FileSystem service. By default, URL notation and the native operating system's format are both admitted.
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
PythonPrint
Displays the list of arguments in a readable form in the platform console. Arguments are separated by a TAB character (simulated by spaces).The same string is added to the ScriptForge debug console.
- If Python shell (APSO) is active, PythonPrint content is written to APSO console in place of the platform console.
+ If Python shell (APSO) is active, PythonPrint content is written to APSO console in place of the platform console.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_filesystem.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_filesystem.xhp
index 4361a4aa90..0a697ce0d4 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_filesystem.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_filesystem.xhp
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-
ScriptForge.FileSystem service
+
ScriptForge.FileSystem service
The FileSystem service includes routines to handle files and folders. Next are some examples of the features provided by this service:
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
- The methods in the FileSystem service are mostly based on the XSimpleFileAccess UNO interface.
+ The methods in the FileSystem service are mostly based on the XSimpleFileAccess UNO interface.
Definitions
The table below lists the main parameters used by most of the methods in the FileSystem service.
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
File Naming Notation
The notation used to express file and folder names, both for arguments and returned values, is defined by the FileNaming property of the FileSystem service.
- In short, the possible representation types are "URL" (URL file notation), "SYS" (operating system notation) and "ANY" (default). See more information below.
+ In short, the possible representation types are "URL" (URL file notation), "SYS" (operating system notation) and "ANY" (default). See more information below.An example of the URL notation is file:///C:/Documents/my_file.odt. Whenever possible consider using the URL notation because it is a more portable alternative.The use of the shortcut "~" (tilde), which is common in Linux-based operating systems, is not supported to express a path to a folder and file name. Instead of using "~/Documents/my_file.odt" use the full path "/home/user/Documents/my_file.odt".
@@ -288,41 +288,41 @@
- BuildPath
- CompareFiles
- CopyFile
- CopyFolder
- CreateFolder
- CreateTextFile
- DeleteFile
- DeleteFolder
- ExtensionFolder
+ BuildPath
+ CompareFiles
+ CopyFile
+ CopyFolder
+ CreateFolder
+ CreateTextFile
+ DeleteFile
+ DeleteFolder
+ ExtensionFolder
- FileExists
- Files
- FolderExists
- GetBaseName
- GetExtension
- GetFileLen
- GetFileModified
- GetName
- GetParentFolderName
+ FileExists
+ Files
+ FolderExists
+ GetBaseName
+ GetExtension
+ GetFileLen
+ GetFileModified
+ GetName
+ GetParentFolderName
- GetTempName
- HashFile
- MoveFile
- MoveFolder
- Normalize
- OpenTextFile
- PickFile
- PickFolder
- SubFolders
+ GetTempName
+ HashFile
+ MoveFile
+ MoveFolder
+ Normalize
+ OpenTextFile
+ PickFile
+ PickFolder
+ SubFolders
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@
fs.FileNaming = "SYS"myFile = fs.CreateTextFile(r"C:\Temp\ThisFile.txt", overwrite = True)
- To learn more about the names of character sets, visit IANA's Character Set page. Be aware that %PRODUCTNAME does not implement all existing character sets.
+ To learn more about the names of character sets, visit IANA's Character Set page. Be aware that %PRODUCTNAME does not implement all existing character sets.
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@
ExtensionFolder
Returns a string containing the folder where the specified extension package is installed.The current value of the property SF_FileSystem.FileNaming is used to determine the notation of the returned string.
- Use the property Extensions from the Platform service to get string array with the IDs of all installed extensions.
+ Use the property Extensions from the Platform service to get string array with the IDs of all installed extensions.
svc.ExtensionFolder(extension: str): str
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_form.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_form.xhp
index 667ab7cb1e..01ebbbf503 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_form.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_form.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-
SFDocuments.Form service
+
SFDocuments.Form service
The Form service provides methods and properties to manage forms in %PRODUCTNAME documents. This service supports forms in Base, Calc and Writer documents and allows to:
@@ -39,12 +39,12 @@
The SFDocuments.Form service is available from %PRODUCTNAME 7.2 onwards.
- Forms are usually used in %PRODUCTNAME documents to create user interfaces connected to relational databases. Hence, the Form service provides quick access to the linked database through the SFDatabases.Database service.
- The SFDocuments.Form service is closely related to the SFDocuments.FormControl service.
+ Forms are usually used in %PRODUCTNAME documents to create user interfaces connected to relational databases. Hence, the Form service provides quick access to the linked database through the SFDatabases.Database service.
+ The SFDocuments.Form service is closely related to the SFDocuments.FormControl service.
Definitions
FormDocument
Forms are usually created in Base documents, but they can be added to Writer and Calc documents as well.
- In Base, each form you create using the functionality or through the Form Wizard is actually a FormDocument that can be handled with the Form service. Base documents can contain an unlimited number of form documents.
+ In Base, each form you create using the functionality or through the Form Wizard is actually a FormDocument that can be handled with the Form service. Base documents can contain an unlimited number of form documents.Below is an example showing the hierarchy of all the elements involved in accessing forms and subforms in a Base document. Suppose you have a Base file named Employees.odb and inside it you created a form document to add new employees to the database. The form document contains a main form named EmployeeData that gives access to a table. There is also a subform WorksAtPlant that allows you to associate the new employee to one of the plants of the company.Employees.odb (Base document)
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@
| |-- WorksAtPlant (SubForm)
- A FormDocument can be seen as a set of forms that provide access to datasets such as database tables and queries from within %PRODUCTNAME documents. The names of forms and subforms inside a FormDocument can be accessed using the Form Navigator.
+ A FormDocument can be seen as a set of forms that provide access to datasets such as database tables and queries from within %PRODUCTNAME documents. The names of forms and subforms inside a FormDocument can be accessed using the Form Navigator.
Forms and Subforms
A form document is composed of one or more forms which, in turn, may also contain any number of subforms. A Form is an abstract set of controls that are linked to a specified data source, which can be a database table, a query or a SQL SELECT statement.In Calc and Writer documents, each form can be linked to datasets located in different databases. On the other hand, in Base documents the database contained in the document is common to all forms.
- To invoke the SFDocuments.Form service refer to the methods Forms(), FormDocuments() and OpenFormDocument() of the SFDocuments.Document service
+ To invoke the SFDocuments.Form service refer to the methods Forms(), FormDocuments() and OpenFormDocument() of the SFDocuments.Document service
Service invocation
Before using the Form service the ScriptForge library needs to be loaded or imported:
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
' Or, alternatively, to access the form by its index ...Set myForm = oDb.Forms("thisFormDocument", 0)
- To perform any action on a form using the Form service, the FormDocument must have been opened either manually by the user or programmatically in a user script. The latter can be done by calling the OpenFormDocument method of the Base service.
+ To perform any action on a form using the Form service, the FormDocument must have been opened either manually by the user or programmatically in a user script. The latter can be done by calling the OpenFormDocument method of the Base service.To access a given subform of a form use the SubForms method. Note that in the example below mySubForm is a new instance of the Form service.Dim mySubForm As Object
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
UNO object
- The UNO object representing interactions with the form. Refer to XForm and DataForm in the API documentation for detailed information.
+ The UNO object representing interactions with the form. Refer to XForm and DataForm in the API documentation for detailed information.
@@ -548,28 +548,28 @@
- To learn more about URI strings, refer to the Scripting Framework URI Specification.
+ To learn more about URI strings, refer to the Scripting Framework URI Specification.
List of methods in the Form service
- Activate
- CloseFormDocument
- Controls
- GetDatabase
+ Activate
+ CloseFormDocument
+ Controls
+ GetDatabase
- MoveFirst
- MoveLast
- MoveNext
- MoveNew
+ MoveFirst
+ MoveLast
+ MoveNext
+ MoveNew
- MovePrevious
- Requery
- SubForms
+ MovePrevious
+ Requery
+ SubForms
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
Form service;GetDatabase
GetDatabase
- Return a SFDatabases.Database instance giving access to the execution of SQL commands on the database the current form is connected to and/or that is stored in the current Base document.
+ Return a SFDatabases.Database instance giving access to the execution of SQL commands on the database the current form is connected to and/or that is stored in the current Base document.Each form has its own database connection, except in Base documents where they all share the same connection.svc.GetDatabase(opt user: str, opt password: str): svc
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_formcontrol.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_formcontrol.xhp
index 4bcfaf6878..0cc2d18b02 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_formcontrol.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_formcontrol.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-
SFDocuments.FormControl service
+
SFDocuments.FormControl service
The FormControl service provides access to the controls that belong to a form, a subform or a table control of a FormDocument. Each instance of the FormControl service refers to a single control in the form. This service allows users to:
@@ -38,9 +38,9 @@
To use the FormControl service in a particular form, subform or table control, all controls must have unique names.Radio buttons that share the same group name must also have unique control names.The main purpose of the FormControl service is setting and getting the properties and values displayed by the controls in a form.
- All controls have a Value property. However, its contents will vary according to the control type. For more information, read The Value Property below.
+ All controls have a Value property. However, its contents will vary according to the control type. For more information, read The Value Property below.It is also possible to format the controls via the XControlModel and XControlView properties.
- The SFDocuments.FormControl service is closely related to the SFDocuments.Form service.
+ The SFDocuments.FormControl service is closely related to the SFDocuments.Form service.API;awt.XControlAPI;awt.XControlModel
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
control = form.Controls('myTextBox') # SFDocuments.FormControlcontrol.Value = 'Current Time = ' + strftime("%a, %d %b %Y %H:%M:%S", localtime())
- To learn more about how to open a FormDocument and get access to its forms, refer to the SFDocuments.Form service help page.
+ To learn more about how to open a FormDocument and get access to its forms, refer to the SFDocuments.Form service help page.Alternatively a FormControl instance can be retrieved via the SFDocuments.FormEvent service, which returns the SFDocuments.FormControl class instance that triggered the event.Sub OnEvent(ByRef poEvent As Object)
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
Specifies the type of data contained in a combobox or a listbox.
- It must be one of the com.sun.star.form.ListSourceType.* constants.
+ It must be one of the com.sun.star.form.ListSourceType.* constants.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
- This property depends on the current control type. Refer to The Value property for more information.
+ This property depends on the current control type. Refer to The Value property for more information.
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@
All
- The UNO object representing the control model. Refer to XControlModel and UnoControlModel in the API documentation for more information.
+ The UNO object representing the control model. Refer to XControlModel and UnoControlModel in the API documentation for more information.
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@
All
- The UNO object representing the control view. Refer to XControl and UnoControl in the API documentation for more information.
+ The UNO object representing the control view. Refer to XControl and UnoControl in the API documentation for more information.
@@ -1043,17 +1043,17 @@
- To learn more about URI strings, refer to the Scripting Framework URI Specification.
+ To learn more about URI strings, refer to the Scripting Framework URI Specification.
List of Methods in the FormControl Service
- Controls
+ Controls
- SetFocus
+ SetFocus
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_intro.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_intro.xhp
index 98081e5454..0ee5a57cfc 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_intro.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_intro.xhp
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@
Python scripts with ScriptForge
-
Creating Python Scripts with ScriptForge
+
Creating Python Scripts with ScriptForge
Differences between Basic and Python
- The ScriptForge library is available both for Basic and Python. Most services, methods and properties work identically in both programming languages. However, due to differences in how each language works, ScriptForge users must be aware of some characteristics of the library when using Python:
+ The ScriptForge library is available both for Basic and Python. Most services, methods and properties work identically in both programming languages. However, due to differences in how each language works, ScriptForge users must be aware of some characteristics of the library when using Python:Methods and Property names: In Python, all methods and properties can be used in lowercased, ProperCased or camelCased formats.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
Debugging: Whenever an error occurs in Python scripts that use ScriptForge, the error message provided by the Python execution stack displays the line of code that triggered the error. In Basic error messages do not display this information.
- Visit %PRODUCTNAME Python Scripts Help for more information on Python scripting using %PRODUCTNAME.
+ Visit %PRODUCTNAME Python Scripts Help for more information on Python scripting using %PRODUCTNAME.
Running Python scripts on %PRODUCTNAME
Depending on what you intend to achieve, you may choose one of the following approaches to running Python scripts in %PRODUCTNAME:
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
Run Scripts separately from the %PRODUCTNAME process: Python scripts are executed from an external process that connects to an ongoing %PRODUCTNAME process using a socket.
- If you plan to run scripts from inside the %PRODUCTNAME process, it is recommended to install the APSO (Alternative Script Organizer for Python) extension. However, to develop Python scripts from outside %PRODUCTNAME, you can choose your preferred Python IDE.
+ If you plan to run scripts from inside the %PRODUCTNAME process, it is recommended to install the APSO (Alternative Script Organizer for Python) extension. However, to develop Python scripts from outside %PRODUCTNAME, you can choose your preferred Python IDE.
Running Scripts from inside the %PRODUCTNAME process
Using the APSO extension
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
Creating Python script files
You can create your own Python files and edit them with your preferred text editor. Later you can call them from within any %PRODUCTNAME component.
- The first step is to locate where your user scripts are stored. For that, refer to Python Scripts Organization and Location help page.
+ The first step is to locate where your user scripts are stored. For that, refer to Python Scripts Organization and Location help page.Now you can create a text file inside your Python user scripts folder, for instance sf_test.py, and start typing your scripts.Next is a simple example that gets the numeric value from a Calc cell and increments it by 1. Simply type the following code into the sf_test.py file.
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
Take note of the host and port parameters, which in this example are localhost and 2021, respectively.
Running an External Python Shell
- Start the Python shell from within the program folder inside your %PRODUCTNAME installation path. Follow the steps above to learn how to find your installation path.
+ Start the Python shell from within the program folder inside your %PRODUCTNAME installation path. Follow the steps above to learn how to find your installation path.On Linux / Mac OS:$ cd /usr/lib/libreoffice/program$ python
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_l10n.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_l10n.xhp
index b722e00789..5ae50229f6 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_l10n.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_l10n.xhp
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
-
ScriptForge.L10N service
+
ScriptForge.L10N service
This service provides a number of methods related to the translation of strings with minimal impact on the program's source code. The methods provided by the L10N service can be used mainly to:
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
The acronym L10N stands for Localization and refers to a set of procedures for translating software to a specific country or region.PO files have long been promoted in the free software community as a means to providing multilingual user interfaces. This is accomplished through the use of human-readable text files with a well defined structure that specifies, for any given language, the source language string and the localized string.The main advantage of the PO format is dissociation of the programmer and the translator. PO files are independent text files, so the programmer can send POT template files to translators, who will then translate their contents and return the translated PO files for each supported language.
- The L10N service is based on the GNU implementation of PO (portable object) files. To learn more about this file format, visit GNU gettext Utilities: PO Files.
+ The L10N service is based on the GNU implementation of PO (portable object) files. To learn more about this file format, visit GNU gettext Utilities: PO Files.This service implements the methods listed below:
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
encoding: The character set to be used. The default encoding is "UTF-8".locale2: A string specifying the fallback locale to be used in case the PO file corresponding to the locale defined the locale parameter does not exist. This parameter is expressed in the form "la-CO" (language-COUNTRY) or "la" (language) only.encoding2: The character set of the fallback PO file corresponding to the locale2 argument. The default encoding is "UTF-8".
- To learn more about the names of character sets, visit IANA's Character Set page. Be aware that %PRODUCTNAME does not implement all existing character sets.
+ To learn more about the names of character sets, visit IANA's Character Set page. Be aware that %PRODUCTNAME does not implement all existing character sets.The following example instantiates the L10N service without any optional arguments. This will only enable the AddText and ExportToPOTFile methods, which is useful for creating POT files.
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
Dim myPO As VariantSet myPO = CreateScriptService("L10N")
- The example below specifies the folder containing the PO files. Because the locale is not defined, the service instance will use the locale defined for the %PRODUCTNAME user interface, which is the same locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
+ The example below specifies the folder containing the PO files. Because the locale is not defined, the service instance will use the locale defined for the %PRODUCTNAME user interface, which is the same locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.Set myPO = CreateScriptService("L10N", "C:\myPOFiles")
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
String
- The folder containing the PO files (see the FileSystem.FileNaming property to learn about the notation used).
+ The folder containing the PO files (see the FileSystem.FileNaming property to learn about the notation used).
@@ -189,18 +189,18 @@
- AddText
- AddTextsFromDialog
+ AddText
+ AddTextsFromDialog
- ExportToPOTFile
+ ExportToPOTFile
- GetText
+ GetText
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
The method returns True if successful.The dialog from which strings will be extracted must not be open when the method is called.
- When a L10N service instance is created from an existing PO file, use the GetTextsFromL10N method from the Dialog service to automatically load all translated strings into the dialog.
+ When a L10N service instance is created from an existing PO file, use the GetTextsFromL10N method from the Dialog service to automatically load all translated strings into the dialog.
svc.AddTextsFromDialog(dialog: svc): bool
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_menu.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_menu.xhp
index 8525cefbe0..629fd053a4 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_menu.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_menu.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-
SFWidgets.Menu service
+
SFWidgets.Menu service
The Menu service can be used to create and remove menus from the menubar of a %PRODUCTNAME document window. Each menu entry can be associated with a script or with a UNO command. This service provides the following capabilities:
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
- The Menu service is instantiated by calling the CreateMenu method from the Document service. The code snippet below creates a menu named My Menu in the current document window with two entries Item A and Item B.
+ The Menu service is instantiated by calling the CreateMenu method from the Document service. The code snippet below creates a menu named My Menu in the current document window with two entries Item A and Item B.Sub CreateMenu() GlobalScope.BasicLibraries.loadLibrary("ScriptForge")
@@ -197,17 +197,17 @@
- AddCheckBox
+ AddCheckBox
- AddItem
+ AddItem
- AddRadioButton
+ AddRadioButton
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
script: The URI for a Basic or Python script that will be executed when the item is clicked.The arguments command and script are mutually exclusive, hence only one of them can be set for each menu item.
- Read Scripting Framework URI Specification to learn more about the URI syntax used in the script argument.
+ Read Scripting Framework URI Specification to learn more about the URI syntax used in the script argument.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_methods.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_methods.xhp
index 219669b9f7..832ba401ab 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_methods.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_methods.xhp
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
-
The Platform service provides a collection of properties about the current execution environment and context, such as:
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
- Platform information with INFO("system") Calc formula
+ Platform information with INFO("system") Calc formula
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_popupmenu.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_popupmenu.xhp
index 51c155b688..2f4ea51e0e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_popupmenu.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_popupmenu.xhp
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
-
SFWidgets.PopupMenu service
+
SFWidgets.PopupMenu service
The PopupMenu service can be used to create popup menus that can be associated with events or executed by scripts. This service provides the following capabilities:
@@ -207,18 +207,18 @@
- AddCheckBox
- AddItem
+ AddCheckBox
+ AddItem
- AddRadioButton
The Region service provides a collection of properties and methods to handle locale and region-related aspects of programming, such as:
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@
A string combining a language and a country in the format "la-CO". The language part is expressed with 2 or 3 lowercase characters followed by a dash and 2 uppercase characters representing the country.For instance, "en-US" corresponds to the English language in the United States; "fr-BE" corresponds to the French language in Belgium, and so forth.On some situations the full locale is not required and only the language or country may be specified.
- Most properties and methods accept a locale as argument. If no locale is specified, then the user-interface locale is used, which is defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
+ Most properties and methods accept a locale as argument. If no locale is specified, then the user-interface locale is used, which is defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
Timezone
- A string in the format "Region/City" such as "Europe/Berlin", or a timezone ID such as "UTC" or "GMT-8:00". Refer to the wiki page List of tz database timezones for a list of possible timezone names and IDs.
+ A string in the format "Region/City" such as "Europe/Berlin", or a timezone ID such as "UTC" or "GMT-8:00". Refer to the wiki page List of tz database timezones for a list of possible timezone names and IDs.Providing an invalid timezone string to any of the methods in the Region service will not result in a runtime error. Instead, methods as UTCDateTime and UTCNow will return the current operating system date and time.The time offset between the timezone and the Greenwich Meridian Time (GMT) is expressed in minutes.The Daylight Saving Time (DST) is an additional offset.
@@ -371,20 +371,20 @@
- DSTOffset
- LocalDateTime
+ DSTOffset
+ LocalDateTime
- Number2Text
- TimeZoneOffset
+ Number2Text
+ TimeZoneOffset
- UTCDateTime
- UTCNow
+ UTCDateTime
+ UTCNow
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
localdatetime: the local date and time expressed as a date.timezone: the timezone for which the offset will be calculated.
- locale: the locale specifying the country for which the offset will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
+ locale: the locale specifying the country for which the offset will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
utcdatetime: the UTC date and time, expressed using a date object.timezone: the timezone for which the local time will be calculated.
- locale: the locale specifying the country for which the local time will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
+ locale: the locale specifying the country for which the local time will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
@@ -465,14 +465,14 @@
Number2Text
Converts numbers and monetary values into written text for any of the currently supported languages.
- For a list of all supported languages visit the XNumberText Interface API reference.
+ For a list of all supported languages visit the XNumberText Interface API reference.
svc.Number2Text(number: any, opt locale: str): str
number: the number to be converted into written text. It can be provided either as a numeric type or as a string. When a string is provided, it can be preceded by a prefix informing how the numbers should be written. It is also possible to include ISO 4217 currency codes. See examples below for more information.
- locale: the locale defining the language into which the number will be converted to, given either in "la-CO" or "la" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
+ locale: the locale defining the language into which the number will be converted to, given either in "la-CO" or "la" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@
timezone: the timezone for which the offset to the GMT will be calculated.
- locale: the locale specifying the country for which the offset will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
+ locale: the locale specifying the country for which the offset will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@
localdatetime: the local date and time in a specific timezone expressed as a date.timezone: the timezone for which the localdatetime argument was given.
- locale: the locale specifying the country for which the localdatetime argument was given, expressed either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
+ locale: the locale specifying the country for which the localdatetime argument was given, expressed either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@
timezone: the timezone for which the current UTC time will be calculated.
- locale: the locale specifying the country for which the current UTC time will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
+ locale: the locale specifying the country for which the current UTC time will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_services.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_services.xhp
index 582bf336c0..e9b402e4ef 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_services.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_services.xhp
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
Services service
-
ScriptForge.Services service
+
ScriptForge.Services service
The main purpose of the Services module is to provide access to the CreateScriptService method, which can be called in user scripts to instantiate services that are implemented using the ScriptForge framework.In ScriptForge terminology a service is a collection of methods and properties that can be used for a common purpose. For example, the String service provides methods for manipulating strings whereas the FileSystem service allows for the manipulation of files and folders.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
service: The name of the service identified as a string in the format "library.service":
- The library is a Basic library that must exist in the GlobalScope. The default value is "ScriptForge".
+ The library is a Basic library that must exist in the GlobalScope. The default value is "ScriptForge".The service is one of the services registered by the ScriptForge library.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_session.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_session.xhp
index a5a788cc4f..f2505b1cb8 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_session.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_session.xhp
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
Session service
-
Execute a Calc function using its English name and based on the given arguments.
- If the arguments are arrays, the function is executed as an array formula.
+ If the arguments are arrays, the function is executed as an array formula.
session.ExecuteCalcFunction(calcfunction: str, args: any[0..*]): any
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
session.ExecutePythonScript(scope: str, script: str, args: any[0..*]): any
- scope: One of the applicable constants listed above. The default value is session.SCRIPTISSHARED.
+ scope: One of the applicable constants listed above. The default value is session.SCRIPTISSHARED.script: Either "library/module.py$method" or "module.py$method" or "myExtension.oxt|myScript|module.py$method" as a case-sensitive string.library: The folder path to the Python module.
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
odd_list = [v for v in range(v1, v2 + 1) if v % 2 != 0] return odd_list
- Read the help page Python Scripts Organization and Location to learn more about where Python scripts can be stored.
+ Read the help page Python Scripts Organization and Location to learn more about where Python scripts can be stored.The following examples show how to call the function odd_integers from within Basic and Python scripts.
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@
Returns the current PDF export settings defined in the dialog, which can be accessed by choosing .Export options set with the dialog are kept for future use. Hence GetPDFExportOptions returns the settings currently defined. In addition, use SetPDFExportOptions to change current PDF export options.This method returns a Dictionary object wherein each key represent export options and the corresponding values are the current PDF export settings.
- Read the PDF Export wiki page to learn more about all available options.
+ Read the PDF Export wiki page to learn more about all available options.
session.GetPDFExportOptions(): obj
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
Session service;OpenURLInBrowser
OpenURLInBrowser
- Open a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) in the default browser.
+ Open a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) in the default browser.
session.OpenURLInBrowser(url: str)
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@
Modifies the PDF export settings defined in the dialog, which can be accessed by choosing .Calling this method changes the actual values set in the dialog, which are used by the ExportAsPDF method from the Document service.This method returns True when successful.
- Read the PDF Export wiki page to learn more about all available options.
+ Read the PDF Export wiki page to learn more about all available options.
session.SetPDFExportOptions(pdfoptions: obj): bool
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_string.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_string.xhp
index eaaf5c10e0..5ca181ee23 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_string.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_string.xhp
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
'Counts the number of words with only lowercase letters (returns 7)MsgBox SF_String.Count("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.", "\b[a-z]+\b", IsRegex := True, CaseSensitive := True)
- To learn more about regular expressions, refer to the Python's documentation on Regular Expression Operations.
+ To learn more about regular expressions, refer to the Python's documentation on Regular Expression Operations.
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@
MsgBox SF_String.IsADate("2020-12-31", "YYYY-MM-DD") ' True
- This method checks the format of the input string without performing any calendar-specific checks. Hence it does not test the input string for leap years or months with 30 or 31 days. For that, refer to the IsDate built-in function.
+ This method checks the format of the input string without performing any calendar-specific checks. Hence it does not test the input string for leap years or months with 30 or 31 days. For that, refer to the IsDate built-in function.The example below shows the difference between the methods IsADate (ScriptForge) and the IsDate (built-in) function.Dim myDate as String : myDate = "2020-02-30"
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@
IsAlpha
Returns True if all characters in the string are alphabetic.
- Alphabetic characters are those characters defined in the Unicode Character Database as Letter.
+ Alphabetic characters are those characters defined in the Unicode Character Database as Letter.
svc.IsAlpha(inputstr: str): bool
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@
Reverse
Returns the input string in reversed order.
- This method is equivalent to the built-in StrReverse Basic function.
+ This method is equivalent to the built-in StrReverse Basic function.To use the StrReverse function, the statement Option VBASupport 1 must be present in the module.
@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@
Wrap
Converts the input string into an array of substrings so that each item in the array has at most a given number of characters.In practice, this method returns a zero-based array of output lines, without newlines at the end, except for the pre-existing line-breaks.
- Tabs are expanded using the same procedure performed by the ExpandTabs method.
+ Tabs are expanded using the same procedure performed by the ExpandTabs method.Symbolic line breaks are replaced by their equivalent ASCII characters.If the wrapped output has no content, the returned array is empty.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_textstream.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_textstream.xhp
index bec2c7e578..81282376c0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_textstream.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_textstream.xhp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-
ScriptForge.TextStream service
+
ScriptForge.TextStream service
The TextStream service is used to sequentially read from and write to files opened or created using the ScriptForge.FileSystem service.The methods OpenTextFile and CreateTextFile from the FileSystem service return an instance of the TextStream service.
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
Set myFile = myFile.Dispose()
- The methods in the TextStream service are mostly based on the XTextInputStream and XTextOutputStream UNO interfaces.
+ The methods in the TextStream service are mostly based on the XTextInputStream and XTextOutputStream UNO interfaces.from scriptforge import CreateScriptService
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
- To learn more about the names of character sets, visit IANA's Character Set page. Be aware that %PRODUCTNAME does not implement all existing character sets.
+ To learn more about the names of character sets, visit IANA's Character Set page. Be aware that %PRODUCTNAME does not implement all existing character sets.
List of Methods in the TextStream Service
@@ -178,20 +178,20 @@
- CloseFile
- ReadAll
+ CloseFile
+ ReadAll
- ReadLine
- SkipLine
+ ReadLine
+ SkipLine
- WriteBlankLines
- WriteLine
+ WriteBlankLines
+ WriteLine
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_timer.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_timer.xhp
index a2996679e6..5956c267ea 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_timer.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_timer.xhp
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-
ScriptForge.Timer service
+
ScriptForge.Timer service
The Timer service measures the amount of time it takes to run user scripts.A Timer measures durations. It can be:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp
index 82585a4519..c189dd67d1 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
UI service
-
ScriptForge.UI service
+
ScriptForge.UI service
The UI (User Interface) service simplifies the identification and the manipulation of the different windows composing the whole %PRODUCTNAME application:
@@ -272,23 +272,23 @@
- Activate
- CreateBaseDocument
- CreateDocument (*)
- GetDocument
- Maximize
+ Activate
+ CreateBaseDocument
+ CreateDocument (*)
+ GetDocument
+ Maximize
- Minimize
- OpenBaseDocument
- OpenDocument (*)
- Resize
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@
svc.GetDocument(windowname: str = ''): svcsvc.GetDocument(windowname: uno): svc
- windowname: See the definitions above. If this argument is absent, the active window is used. UNO objects of types com.sun.star.lang.XComponent or com.sun.star.comp.dba.ODatabaseDocument are also accepted. Thus passing ThisComponent or ThisDatabaseDocument as argument creates a new SFDocuments.Document, Base or Calc service.
+ windowname: See the definitions above. If this argument is absent, the active window is used. UNO objects of types com.sun.star.lang.XComponent or com.sun.star.comp.dba.ODatabaseDocument are also accepted. Thus passing ThisComponent or ThisDatabaseDocument as argument creates a new SFDocuments.Document, Base or Calc service.
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
svc.Maximize(windowname: str)
- windowname: see the definitions above. If this argument is absent, the active window is maximized.
+ windowname: see the definitions above. If this argument is absent, the active window is maximized.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
svc.Minimize(windowname: str)
- windowname: see the definitions above. If this argument is absent, the active window is minimized.
+ windowname: see the definitions above. If this argument is absent, the active window is minimized.
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@
RunCommand
Runs a UNO command on the current window. A few typical commands are: Save, SaveAs, ExportToPDF, Undo, Copy, Paste, etc.Commands can be run with or without arguments. Arguments are not validated before running the command. If the command or its arguments are invalid, then nothing will happen.
- For a complete list of UNO commands that can be run in %PRODUCTNAME, refer to the Wiki page Development/DispatchCommands.
+ For a complete list of UNO commands that can be run in %PRODUCTNAME, refer to the Wiki page Development/DispatchCommands.
svc.RunCommand(command: str, [args: any])
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_unittest.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_unittest.xhp
index 80ce5c8342..50c0051d89 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_unittest.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_unittest.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-
SFUnitTests.UnitTest service
+
SFUnitTests.UnitTest service
The UnitTest service provides a framework for automating unit tests using the Basic language, including the ability to:
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
End SubThe test suite above consists of two test cases Test_Sum and Test_Multiply. To run all tests simply run the Main method from the "AllTests" module.
- The Console from the Exception service is used as the default output to print test results. After running the example above, the following output will be displayed in the console:
+ The Console from the Exception service is used as the default output to print test results. After running the example above, the following output will be displayed in the console:' RUNTEST ENTER testsuite='Tests.AllTests', pattern='Test_*'' SETUP Tests.AllTests.Setup() ENTER
@@ -244,41 +244,41 @@
- AssertAlmostEqual
- AssertEqual
- AssertFalse
- AssertGreater
- AssertGreaterEqual
- AssertIn
- AssertIsInstance
- AssertIsNothing
- AssertLike
+ AssertAlmostEqual
+ AssertEqual
+ AssertFalse
+ AssertGreater
+ AssertGreaterEqual
+ AssertIn
+ AssertIsInstance
+ AssertIsNothing
+ AssertLike
- AssertNotRegex
- AssertIsNull
- AssertLess
- AssertLessEqual
- AssertNotAlmostEqual
- AssertNotEqual
- AssertNotIn
- AssertNotInstance
- AssertNotLike
+ AssertNotRegex
+ AssertIsNull
+ AssertLess
+ AssertLessEqual
+ AssertNotAlmostEqual
+ AssertNotEqual
+ AssertNotIn
+ AssertNotInstance
+ AssertNotLike
- AssertNotNothing
- AssertNotNull
- AssertRegex
- AssertTrue
- Fail
- Log
- ReportError
- RunTest
- SkipTest
+ AssertNotNothing
+ AssertNotNull
+ AssertRegex
+ AssertTrue
+ Fail
+ Log
+ ReportError
+ RunTest
+ SkipTest
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@
svc.AssertNotEqual(a: any, b: any, message: str = ""): bool
- This method works both for scalars and arrays. Read the instructions in AssertEqual for more information on what equality means in this assertion.
+ This method works both for scalars and arrays. Read the instructions in AssertEqual for more information on what equality means in this assertion.
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
svc.AssertNotIn(a: any, b: any, message: str = ""): bool
- Read the instructions in AssertIn for more information on the assumptions of this method.
+ Read the instructions in AssertIn for more information on the assumptions of this method.
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@
svc.AssertNotInstance(a: any, objecttype: str, message: str = ""): bool
- Read the instructions in AssertIsInstance for more information on the assumptions of this method.
+ Read the instructions in AssertIsInstance for more information on the assumptions of this method.
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@
svc.AssertNotLike(a: any, pattern: str = "", message: str = ""): bool
- Read the instructions in AssertLike for more information on the assumptions of this method.
+ Read the instructions in AssertLike for more information on the assumptions of this method.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_writer.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_writer.xhp
index d4ea1bdfc1..46de70179a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_writer.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_writer.xhp
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-
SFDocuments.Writer service
+
SFDocuments.Writer service
The SFDocuments shared library provides a number of methods and properties to facilitate the management and handling of %PRODUCTNAME documents.Some methods are generic for all types of documents and are inherited from the SF_Document module, whereas other methods that are specific for Writer documents are defined in the SF_Writer module.To be done: list with the main features of the Writer service.
@@ -92,17 +92,17 @@
- Forms
+ Forms
- PrintOut
+ PrintOut
- …
+ …
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
A SFDocuments.Form service instance representing the form specified as argument.
- This method is applicable only for Writer documents. Calc and Base documents have their own Forms method in the Calc and Base services, respectively.
+ This method is applicable only for Writer documents. Calc and Base documents have their own Forms method in the Calc and Base services, respectively.
svc.Forms(): str[0..*]
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
Writer service;PrintOut
PrintOut
- Send the contents of the document to the printer. The printer may be previously defined by default, by the user or by the SetPrinter method of the Document service. Returns True when successful.
+ Send the contents of the document to the printer. The printer may be previously defined by default, by the user or by the SetPrinter method of the Document service. Returns True when successful.
svc.PrintOut(opt pages: str = "", opt copies: num = 1, opt printbackground: bool = True, opt printblankpages: bool = False, opt printevenpages: bool = True, opt printoddpages: bool = True, opt printimages: bool = True): bool
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03000000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03000000.xhp
index b9f2c0ad26..0e73ab1d64 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03000000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03000000.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-
Run-Time Functions
+
Run-Time Functions
This section describes the Runtime Functions of %PRODUCTNAME Basic.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010000.xhp
index f885f1846a..190c3815f0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-
Screen I/O Functions
+
Screen I/O Functions
This section describes the Runtime Functions used to call dialogs for the input and output of user entries.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010100.xhp
index 42f45eb1d1..b7c4ed7852 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010100.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Display Functions
+ Display FunctionsThis section describes Runtime functions used to output information to the screen display.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp
index 3317c11922..ed00a4462d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
MsgBox Function
+
MsgBox Function
Displays a dialog box containing a message and returns a value.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010103.xhp
index c60a4925ff..30c06cb81e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010103.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010103.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
Tab function; in Print statement
-
Print# Statement
+
Print# Statement
Outputs the specified strings or numeric expressions to the screen or to a sequential file.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010200.xhp
index 73ea6aca31..6b35980b3a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010200.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Functions for Screen Input
+ Functions for Screen InputThis section describes Runtime functions used to control screen input.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010201.xhp
index 598129fc48..ee9b5e79e8 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010201.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010201.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
InputBox function
-
InputBox Function
+
InputBox Function
Displays a prompt in a dialog at which the user can input text. The input is assigned to a variable.The InputBox statement is a convenient method of entering text through a dialog. Confirm the input by clicking OK or pressing Return. The input is returned as the function return value. If you close the dialog with Cancel, InputBox returns a zero-length string ("").
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
default: String expression displayed in the text box as default if no other input is given.xpostwips: Integer expression that specifies the horizontal position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of %PRODUCTNAME.ypostwips: Integer expression that specifies the vertical position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of %PRODUCTNAME.
-If xpostwips and ypostwips are omitted, the dialog is centered on the screen. The position is specified in twips.
+If xpostwips and ypostwips are omitted, the dialog is centered on the screen. The position is specified in twips.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp
index ee93251cdf..1d45e10b8e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-
Color Functions
+
Color Functions
This section describes Runtime functions used to define colors.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010301.xhp
index c7a824885e..f0994365eb 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010301.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010301.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Blue function
-
Blue Function
+
Blue Function
Returns the blue component of the specified composite color code.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
Color value: Long integer expression that specifies any composite color code for which to return the blue component.
-Under VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the function Blue() is incompatible with VBA colors, when color from previous call to function RGB [VBA] is passed.
+Under VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the function Blue() is incompatible with VBA colors, when color from previous call to function RGB [VBA] is passed.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010302.xhp
index 752ffc5178..ca85aad02c 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010302.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010302.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Green Function
+
Green Function
Returns the Green component of the given composite color code.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010303.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010303.xhp
index 361a1e7478..77d6adccc6 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010303.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010303.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-
Red Function
+
Red Function
Returns the Red component of the specified composite color code.
@@ -47,13 +47,13 @@
ColorNumber: Long integer expression that specifies any composite color code for which to return the Red component.
-Under VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the function Red() is incompatible with VBA colors, when color from previous call to function RGB [VBA] is passed.
+Under VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the function Red() is incompatible with VBA colors, when color from previous call to function RGB [VBA] is passed.
- The color picker dialog details the red, green and blue components of a composite color code, as well as its hexadecimal expression. Changing the color of text and selecting Custom color displays the color picker dialog.
+ The color picker dialog details the red, green and blue components of a composite color code, as well as its hexadecimal expression. Changing the color of text and selecting Custom color displays the color picker dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010304.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010304.xhp
index 78ad9233db..65d072c40f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010304.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010304.xhp
@@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
QBColor function
-
QBColor Function
-Returns the RGB color code of the color passed as a color value through an older MS-DOS based programming system.
+
QBColor Function
+Returns the RGB color code of the color passed as a color value through an older MS-DOS based programming system.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp
index 6978f49a74..85717d7de3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
RGB function
-
RGB Function
+
RGB Function
Returns a Long integer color value consisting of red, green, and blue components.
@@ -53,13 +53,13 @@
The resulting Long value is calculated with the following formula: Result = red×65536 + green×256 + blue.
-Under VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the Long value is calculated as
+Under VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the Long value is calculated as
Result = red + green×256 + blue×65536
-See RGB Function [VBA]
+See RGB Function [VBA]
-The color picker dialog helps computing red, green and blue components of a composite color. Changing the color of text and selecting Custom color displays the color picker dialog.
+The color picker dialog helps computing red, green and blue components of a composite color. Changing the color of text and selecting Custom color displays the color picker dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp
index 9dacef5857..617f7f38f5 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
RGB function [VBA]
-
RGB Function [VBA]
+
RGB Function [VBA]
Returns a Long integer color value consisting of red, green, and blue components, according to VBA color formula.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
-Because of the VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the Long value is calculated as
+Because of the VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the Long value is calculated as Result = red + green×256 + blue×65536.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020000.xhp
index e036d774fb..a64a040bd5 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
- File I/O Functions
+ File I/O FunctionsUse File I/O functions to create and manage user-defined (data) files.You can use these functions to support the creation of "relative" files, so that you can save and reload certain records by specifying their record number. File I/O functions can also help you manage your files by providing you with information such as file size, current path settings, or the creation date of a file or a directory.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020100.xhp
index 762a63e80f..f5437c487d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020100.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Opening and Closing Files
+Opening and Closing Files
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020101.xhp
index 78cb1907fa..d5830572ce 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020101.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020101.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Close Statement
+
Close Statement
Closes a specified file that was opened with the Open statement.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020102.xhp
index d906b63195..81044311b1 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020102.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020102.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-FreeFile Function
+FreeFile FunctionReturns the next available file number for opening a file. Use this function to open a file using a file number that is not already in use by a currently open file.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020103.xhp
index ddf55d217a..da3f3677a4 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020103.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020103.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
Open statement
-
Open Statement
+
Open Statement
Opens a data channel.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020200.xhp
index 2ae72fee01..730916c2c1 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020200.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-File Input/Output Functions
+File Input/Output Functions
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020201.xhp
index 300451363d..ed4da927bf 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020201.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020201.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
Get Statement
Reads a record from a relative file, or a sequence of bytes from a binary file, into a variable.
-See also: PUT Statement
+See also: PUT Statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020202.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020202.xhp
index 63adaa36d3..6b03deb8af 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020202.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020202.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Input statement
-Input# Statement
+Input# StatementReads data from an open sequential file.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020203.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020203.xhp
index 1171862686..b3d4cb76de 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020203.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020203.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Line Input statement
-
Line Input# Statement
+
Line Input# Statement
Reads a line from a sequential file into a variable.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020204.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020204.xhp
index c8b6bd14fd..a91ca0d363 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020204.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020204.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
Put statement
-
Put# Statement
+
Put# Statement
Writes a record to a relative file or a sequence of bytes to a binary file.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020205.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020205.xhp
index f971953973..2aa6f57521 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020205.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020205.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Write statement
-
Write# Statement
+
Write# Statement
Writes data to a sequential text file with delimiting characters.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020301.xhp
index 2c681a0aa5..d4b52803e8 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020301.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020301.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Eof Function
+Eof FunctionDetermines if the file pointer has reached the end of a file.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp
index cba83b1a69..1db86f3e3d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
Loc function
-Loc Function
+Loc FunctionReturns the current position in an open file.Syntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020303.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020303.xhp
index 3741e50cf7..3e854f80f3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020303.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020303.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
Lof function
-Lof Function
+Lof FunctionReturns the size of an open file in bytes.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
FileNumber: Any numeric expression that contains the file number that is specified in the Open statement.
-To obtain the length of a file that is not open, use the FileLen function.
+To obtain the length of a file that is not open, use the FileLen function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp
index 464b09feb3..01352b21df 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp
@@ -33,12 +33,12 @@
Seek function
-Seek Function
+Seek FunctionReturns the position for the next writing or reading in a file that was opened with the open statement.For random access files, the Seek function returns the number of the next record to be read.For all other files, the function returns the byte position at which the next operation is to occur.
-See also: Open, Seek.
+See also: Open, Seek.Syntax:Seek (FileNumber)
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp
index 9ff8727fd6..875a125742 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
Seek statement
-
Seek Statement
+
Seek Statement
Sets the position for the next writing or reading in a file that was opened with the Open statement.see #61751For random access files, the Seek statement sets the number of the next record to be accessed.For all other files, the Seek statement sets the byte position at which the next operation is to occur.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
- Seek function
+ Seek function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020400.xhp
index 27592c63a5..7e95b2c0ef 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020400.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Managing Files
+ Managing FilesThe functions and statements for managing files are described here.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020401.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020401.xhp
index 42f721d4d5..aec650ede5 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020401.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020401.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
ChDir statement
-
ChDir Statement
+
ChDir Statement
Changes the current directory or drive.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
- The ScriptForge library in %PRODUCTNAME 7.1 introduces the FileSystem service with methods to handle files and folders in user scripts.
+ The ScriptForge library in %PRODUCTNAME 7.1 introduces the FileSystem service with methods to handle files and folders in user scripts.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020402.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020402.xhp
index 780f9e204c..20102f77ae 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020402.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020402.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
ChDrive statement
-
ChDrive Statement
+
ChDrive Statement
Changes the current drive.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
-Text: Any string expression that contains the drive letter of the new drive. If you want, you can use URL notation.
+Text: Any string expression that contains the drive letter of the new drive. If you want, you can use URL notation.The drive must be assigned a capital letter. Under Windows, the letter that you assign the drive is restricted by the settings in LASTDRV. If the drive argument is a multiple-character string, only the first letter is relevant. If you attempt to access a non-existent drive, an error occurs that you can respond to with the OnError statement.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020404.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020404.xhp
index 5416578ca5..dc18b5af80 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020404.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020404.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Dir function
-
Dir Function
+
Dir Function
Returns the name of a file, a directory, or all of the files and the directories on a drive or in a directory that match the specified search path.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
String
-Text: Any string expression that specifies the search path, directory or file. This argument can only be specified the first time that you call the Dir function. If you want, you can enter the path in URL notation.
+Text: Any string expression that specifies the search path, directory or file. This argument can only be specified the first time that you call the Dir function. If you want, you can enter the path in URL notation.Attrib: Any integer expression that specifies bitwise file attributes. The Dir function only returns files or directories that match the specified attributes. You can combine several attributes by adding the attribute values:0 : Normal files.16 : Returns the name of the directory only.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020405.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020405.xhp
index d19d305467..f1ba3fb4d5 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020405.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020405.xhp
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
-FileAttr Function
+FileAttr FunctionReturns the access mode or the file access number of a file that was opened with the Open statement. The file access number is dependent on the operating system (OSH = Operating System Handle).If you use a 32-Bit operating system, you cannot use the FileAttr-Function to determine the file access number.
-See also: Open
+See also: Open
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp
index 3fb2923e89..b7a762f9a7 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-FileCopy Statement
+FileCopy StatementCopies a file.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
Parameters:
-TextFrom: Any string expression that specifies the name of the file that you want to copy. The expression can contain optional path and drive information. If you want, you can enter a path in URL notation.
+TextFrom: Any string expression that specifies the name of the file that you want to copy. The expression can contain optional path and drive information. If you want, you can enter a path in URL notation.TextTo: Any string expression that specifies where you want to copy the source file to. The expression can contain the destination drive, the path, and file name, or the path in URL notation.You can only use the FileCopy statement to copy files that are not opened.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp
index d198d34070..98544abd44 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-FileDateTime Function
+FileDateTime FunctionReturns a string that contains the date and the time that a file was created or last modified.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
Parameters:
-Text: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous (no wildcards) file specification. You can also use URL notation.
+Text: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous (no wildcards) file specification. You can also use URL notation.This function determines the exact time of creation or last modification of a file, returned in the format "MM.DD.YYYY HH.MM.SS".
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020408.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020408.xhp
index bb3a030f23..76a283f633 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020408.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020408.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-FileLen Function
+FileLen FunctionReturns the length of a file in bytes.
@@ -45,11 +45,11 @@
Long
-Use ScriptForge.FileSystem service GetFileLen() method when size is expected to be over 2 gigabytes.
+Use ScriptForge.FileSystem service GetFileLen() method when size is expected to be over 2 gigabytes.
-Text: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation.
-This function determines the length of a file. If the FileLen function is called for an open file, it returns the file length before it was opened. To determine the current file length of an open file, use the Lof function.
+Text: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation.
+This function determines the length of a file. If the FileLen function is called for an open file, it returns the file length before it was opened. To determine the current file length of an open file, use the Lof function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp
index 0eaf7067b8..9be37bdb17 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-GetAttr Function
+GetAttr FunctionReturns a bit pattern that identifies the file type or the name of a volume or a directory.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
IntegerParameters:
-Text: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation.
+Text: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation.This function determines the attributes for a specified file and returns the bit pattern that can help you to identify the following file attributes:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020410.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020410.xhp
index 0c2214b170..29dbf3ac5b 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020410.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020410.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Kill Statement
+Kill StatementDeletes a file from a disk.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
-File: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation.
+File: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020411.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020411.xhp
index 2051628f20..03d55aa66f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020411.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020411.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
MkDir Statement
+
MkDir Statement
MkDir Statement diagram
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
-path: Any string expression that specifies the name and path of the directory to be created. You can also use URL notation.
+path: Any string expression that specifies the name and path of the directory to be created. You can also use URL notation.If the path is not determined, the directory is created in the current directory.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp
index a754376d62..04d1795b26 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Name Statement
+Name StatementRenames an existing file or directory.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
Parameters:
-OldName, NewName: Any string expression that specifies the file name, including the path. You can also use URL notation.see #i61074
+OldName, NewName: Any string expression that specifies the file name, including the path. You can also use URL notation.see #i61074Example:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020413.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020413.xhp
index 7d38f2cc3e..88bd316a43 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020413.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020413.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
RmDir statement
-
RmDir Statement
+
RmDir Statement
Deletes an existing directory from a data medium.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
-Text: Any string expression that specifies the name and path of the directory that you want to delete. You can also use URL notation.
+Text: Any string expression that specifies the name and path of the directory that you want to delete. You can also use URL notation.If the path is not determined, the RmDir Statement searches for the directory that you want to delete in the current path. If it is not found there, an error message appears.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020414.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020414.xhp
index e4cd4814da..c476c7e4dc 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020414.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020414.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-SetAttr Statement
+SetAttr StatementSets the attribute information for a specified file.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
Parameters:
-FileName: Name of the file, including the path, that you want to test attributes of. If you do not enter a path, SetAttr searches for the file in the current directory. You can also use URL notation.
+FileName: Name of the file, including the path, that you want to test attributes of. If you do not enter a path, SetAttr searches for the file in the current directory. You can also use URL notation.Attribute: Bit pattern defining the attributes that you want to set or to clear:Value
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp
index 162e1bf9b8..8ac875c185 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-FileExists Function
+FileExists FunctionDetermines if a file or a directory is available on the data medium.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
BoolParameters:
-FileName | DirectoryName: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation.
+FileName | DirectoryName: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030000.xhp
index c9c3d55054..cbcd1c060a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
- Date and Time Functions
+ Date and Time FunctionsUse the statements and functions described here to perform date and time calculations.%PRODUCTNAME Basic lets you calculate time or date differences by converting the time and date values to continuous numeric values. After the difference is calculated, special functions are used to reconvert the values to the standard time or date formats.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030100.xhp
index bbc69eac48..cf202517d4 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030100.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Converting Date Values
+Converting Date ValuesThe following functions convert date values to calculable numbers and back.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp
index 80787ba5cd..5448dda636 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
DateSerial function
-
DateSerial Function
+
DateSerial Function
Returns a Date value for a specified year, month, and day.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030102.xhp
index aea6339a0c..967ec67a14 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030102.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030102.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
DateValue function
-
DateValue Function
+
DateValue Function
Returns a Date object from a string representing a date.The returned object is represented internally as a single numeric value corresponding to the specified date. This value can be used to calculate the number of days between two dates.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp
index b39292b037..d2e6baab96 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Day function
-Day Function
+Day FunctionReturns a value that represents the day of the month based on a serial date number generated by DateSerial or DateValue.Syntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp
index 90e7d4754f..b1d523ce05 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Month function
-Month Function
+Month FunctionReturns the month of a year from a serial date that is generated by the DateSerial or the DateValue function.Syntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030105.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030105.xhp
index f2bd1dad4b..2be095020f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030105.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030105.xhp
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@
WeekDay function
-
WeekDay Function
+
WeekDay Function
This function returns the number corresponding to the weekday represented by a serial date number that is generated by the DateSerial or the DateValue functions.
-This help page describes the WeekDay function used in Basic scripts. If you are interested in the WeekDay function used in %PRODUCTNAME Calc, refer to this help page.
+This help page describes the WeekDay function used in Basic scripts. If you are interested in the WeekDay function used in %PRODUCTNAME Calc, refer to this help page.WeekDay (SerialDate, [FirstDayOfWeek])
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
-The VBA constants listed above are only available if VBA support has been enabled. For more information, read the VBASupport Statement help page.
+The VBA constants listed above are only available if VBA support has been enabled. For more information, read the VBASupport Statement help page.Integer
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp
index 6d99a611ac..57b223b839 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Year function
-Year Function
+Year FunctionReturns the year from a serial date number that is generated by the DateSerial or the DateValue function.Syntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp
index 947b738f97..2d61b406a0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CdateToIso function
-CDateToIso Function
+CDateToIso FunctionReturns the date in ISO format without separators (YYYYMMDD) from a serial date number that is generated by the DateSerial or the DateValue or the CDateFromIso function.The year part consists of at least four digits, with leading zeros if the absolute value is less than 1000, it can be negative with a leading minus sign if the date passed denotes a year before the common era (BCE) and it can have more than four digits if the absolute value is greater than 9999. The formatted string returned can be in the range "-327680101" to "327671231".Years less than 100 and greater than 9999 are supported since %PRODUCTNAME 5.4.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp
index 1662472af5..6e1833c6f0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp
@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
CdateFromIso function
-CDateFromIso Function
+CDateFromIso FunctionReturns the internal date number from a string that contains a date in ISO format (YYYYMMDD or YYYY-MM-DD).The year part must consist of either two (supported only in YYMMDD format without separators for compatibility) or at least four digits. With four digits leading zeros must be given if the absolute value is less than 1000, it can be negative with a leading minus sign if the date passed denotes a year before the common era (BCE) and it can have more than four digits if the absolute value is greater than 9999. The formatted string can be in the range "-327680101" to "327671231", or "-32768-01-01" to "32767-12-31".An invalid date results in an error. Year 0 is not accepted, the last day BCE is -0001-12-31 and the next day CE is 0001-01-01. Dates before 1582-10-15 are in the proleptic Gregorian calendar.
-When converting a date serial number to a printable string, for example for the Print or MsgBox command, the locale's default calendar is used and at that 1582-10-15 cutover date may switch to the Julian calendar, which can result in a different date being displayed than expected. Use the CDateToIso Function to convert such date number to a string representation in the proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+When converting a date serial number to a printable string, for example for the Print or MsgBox command, the locale's default calendar is used and at that 1582-10-15 cutover date may switch to the Julian calendar, which can result in a different date being displayed than expected. Use the CDateToIso Function to convert such date number to a string representation in the proleptic Gregorian calendar.The YYYY-MM-DD format with separators is supported since %PRODUCTNAME 5.3.4. Years less than 100 or greater than 9999 are accepted since %PRODUCTNAME 5.4 if not in VBA compatibility mode.Syntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp
index 748dfe0ed5..ea12a8671f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-CDateToUnoDate Function
+CDateToUnoDate FunctionReturns the date as a UNO com.sun.star.util.Date struct.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp
index 4bc61338a5..58f716f415 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-CDateFromUnoDate Function
+CDateFromUnoDate FunctionConverts a UNO com.sun.star.util.Date struct to a Date value.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp
index 1a19ab6895..ee6c8e2f10 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-CDateToUnoTime Function
+CDateToUnoTime FunctionReturns the time part of the date as a UNO com.sun.star.util.Time struct.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp
index 2c37d67784..da27f5d497 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-CDateFromUnoTime Function
+CDateFromUnoTime FunctionConverts a UNO com.sun.star.util.Time struct to a Date value.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp
index 7523d32649..95ae533275 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-CDateToUnoDateTime Function
+CDateToUnoDateTime FunctionReturns the time part of the date as a UNO com.sun.star.util.DateTime struct.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp
index f46887f534..5adf14bda3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-CDateFromUnoDateTime Function
+CDateFromUnoDateTime FunctionConverts a UNO com.sun.star.util.DateTime struct to a Date value.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030200.xhp
index e12f268026..9c81239c32 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030200.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Converting Time Values
+ Converting Time ValuesThe following functions convert time values to calculable numbers.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp
index 6d246b8e6f..97bc08628f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
Hour function
-Hour Function
+Hour FunctionReturns the hour from a time value that is generated by the TimeSerial or the TimeValue function.Syntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030202.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030202.xhp
index 979e62808a..04b42b7a51 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030202.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030202.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
Minute function
-
Minute Function (BASIC)
+
Minute Function (BASIC)
Returns the minute of the hour that corresponds to the serial time value that is generated by the TimeSerial or the TimeValue function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030203.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030203.xhp
index 4a9d7c6323..3764abb87d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030203.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030203.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Now function
-
Now Function
+
Now Function
Returns the current system date and time as a Date value.
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
End Sub
-The Now function measures time in seconds. To measure time in milliseconds use the Timer service.
+The Now function measures time in seconds. To measure time in milliseconds use the Timer service.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp
index cf11c82dae..4e8a65257d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Second Function
+Second FunctionReturns an integer that represents the seconds of the serial time number that is generated by the TimeSerial or the TimeValue function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp
index c351bf9fdf..376c632aa9 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-TimeSerial Function
+TimeSerial FunctionCalculates a serial time value for the specified hour, minute, and second parameters that are passed as numeric value. You can then use this value to calculate the difference between times.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp
index baf4ee9ea5..cc978f83a3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-TimeValue Function
+TimeValue FunctionCalculates a serial time value from the specified hour, minute, and second - parameters passed as strings - that represents the time in a single numeric value. This value can be used to calculate the difference between times.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030300.xhp
index 4f64396e13..6d8f7df655 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030300.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- System Date and Time
+ System Date and TimeThe following functions and statements set or return the system date and time.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030301.xhp
index e561ac7d0b..93c0cfbe86 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030301.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030301.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Date Function
+
Date Function
Returns the current system date as a string, or date variant.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030302.xhp
index 3d93aa166d..c5d50699fb 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030302.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030302.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Time function
-
Time Function
+
Time Function
This function returns the current system time as a string in the format "HH:MM:SS".
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030303.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030303.xhp
index d82375bc07..3054e52809 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030303.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030303.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Timer function
-
Timer Function
+
Timer Function
Returns a value that specifies the number of seconds that have elapsed since midnight.You must first declare a variable to call the Timer function and assign it the "Long " data type, otherwise a Date value is returned.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
End Sub
-The Timer function measures time in seconds. To measure time in milliseconds use the Timer service available in the ScriptForge library.
+The Timer function measures time in seconds. To measure time in milliseconds use the Timer service available in the ScriptForge library.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050000.xhp
index 28820eec32..f21080bd83 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050000.xhp
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-
Error-Handling Functions
+
Error-Handling Functions
Use the following statements and functions to define the way %PRODUCTNAME Basic reacts to run-time errors.%PRODUCTNAME Basic offers several methods to prevent the termination of a program when a run-time error occurs.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp
index e10ff2d811..0bdf4ba66b 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Erl function
-Erl Function
+Erl FunctionReturns the line number where an error occurred during program execution.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp
index a6ee49f82d..9a31d45604 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Err function
-Err Function
+Err FunctionReturns an error code that identifies the error that occurred during program execution.Syntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp
index f3964172ac..3cfe1a6177 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
Error function
-Error Function
+Error FunctionReturns the error message that corresponds to a value or raises a given error context.Syntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050500.xhp
index 3d1e71c390..582f6eee83 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050500.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
Resume Next parameterOn Error GoTo ... Resume statement
-On Error GoTo ... Resume Statement
+On Error GoTo ... Resume StatementEnables an error-handling routine after an error occurs, or resumes program execution.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060000.xhp
index 2f67ded5d8..f1b2f27a41 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-
Logical Operators
+
Logical Operators
The following logical operators are supported by $[officename] Basic.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp
index 1c4bf0bc3d..b0218f434d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-AND Operator
+AND OperatorLogically combines two expressions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp
index 4ba146ac97..abaee101e4 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Eqv Operator
+Eqv OperatorCalculates the logical equivalence of two expressions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp
index 041eb27360..1655168c40 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Imp Operator
+Imp OperatorPerforms a logical implication on two expressions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp
index 38bcd01234..c078b2b2f6 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Not Operator
+Not OperatorNegates an expression by inverting the bit values.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp
index d4652e7a55..0572801402 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Or Operator
+Or OperatorPerforms a logical OR disjunction on two expressions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp
index e2fa594dd8..a52fff6179 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-XOR Operator
+XOR OperatorPerforms a logical Exclusive-Or combination of two expressions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070000.xhp
index 5b9919cb4f..dd12886223 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-
Mathematical Operators
+
Mathematical Operators
The following mathematical operators are supported in $[officename] Basic.This chapter provides a short overview of all of the arithmetical operators that you may need for calculations within a program.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070600.xhp
index 8d759bd667..d966722265 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070600.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
MOD operator (mathematical)
-
Mod Operator
+
Mod Operator
The MOD operator takes in two numeric expressions and returns the remainder of the division.For example, the result of 21 MOD 6 is 3 because after dividing 21 by 6, the remainder of the division is 3.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
The operation 16 MOD 6 returns 4, which is the remainder after dividing 16 by 6.
-Be aware that BASIC's MOD operator and Calc's MOD Function behave differently. In Calc, both operands can be decimal values and they are not rounded before division, thus the resulting remainder may be a decimal value.
+Be aware that BASIC's MOD operator and Calc's MOD Function behave differently. In Calc, both operands can be decimal values and they are not rounded before division, thus the resulting remainder may be a decimal value.
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
- MOD Function
+ MOD Function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080000.xhp
index dcadb6f251..21fbfa0ee0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080000.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Numeric Functions
+ Numeric FunctionsThe following numeric functions perform calculations. Mathematical and Boolean operators are described in a separate section. Functions differ from operators in that functions pass arguments and return a result, instead of operators that return a result by combining two numeric expressions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080100.xhp
index 9e50eae349..ab4d82dee3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080100.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Trigonometric Functions
+ Trigonometric FunctionsThe following are the trigonometric functions that are supported in $[officename] Basic.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080101.xhp
index 4188f8cca1..769eb5e19e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080101.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080101.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
Atn function
-
Atn Function
+
Atn Function
Trigonometric function that returns the arctangent of a numeric expression. The return value is in the range -Pi/2 to +Pi/2.The arctangent is the inverse of the tangent function. The Atn Function returns the angle "Alpha", expressed in radians, using the tangent of this angle. The function can also return the angle "Alpha" by comparing the ratio of the length of the side that is opposite of the angle to the length of the side that is adjacent to the angle in a right-angled triangle.
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/pi.degree=(radian*180)/piradian=(degree*pi)/180
- Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.14159. Pi is a Basic mathematical constant.
+ Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.14159. Pi is a Basic mathematical constant.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080102.xhp
index 9f2e227eae..a1f827ad27 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080102.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080102.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Cos Function
+
Cos Function
Calculates the cosine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies between -1 and 1.Using the angle Alpha, the Cos function calculates the ratio of the length of the side that is adjacent to the angle, divided by the length of the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080103.xhp
index 7f9f25a15a..5e118d8d21 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080103.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080103.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Sin Function
+
Sin Function
Returns the sine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies between -1 and 1.Using the angle Alpha, the Sin function returns the ratio of the length of the opposite side of an angle to the length of the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080104.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080104.xhp
index aa19785672..4769fc541b 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080104.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080104.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Tan Function
+
Tan Function
Determines the tangent of an angle. The angle is specified in radians.i71396Using the angle Alpha, the Tan function calculates the ratio of the length of the side opposite the angle to the length of the side adjacent to the angle in a right-angled triangle.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080200.xhp
index 66b019353f..a1ffa77550 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080200.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
+ Exponential and Logarithmic Functions$[officename] Basic supports the following exponential and logarithmic functions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp
index bf450847e1..39311112bd 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Exp function
-Exp Function
+Exp FunctionReturns the base of the natural logarithm (e = 2.718282) raised to a power.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080202.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080202.xhp
index b1a3125631..06762db42f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080202.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080202.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Log function
-
Log Function (BASIC)
+
Log Function (BASIC)
Returns the natural logarithm of a number.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080300.xhp
index e0cad76a84..03a100ba24 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080300.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Generating Random Numbers
+ Generating Random NumbersThe following statements and functions generate random numbers.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp
index c846b15016..b4107c0684 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Randomize Statement
+Randomize StatementInitializes the random-number generator used by the Rnd function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp
index 109723caf0..de2acf226a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Rnd Function
+Rnd FunctionReturns a random number between 0 and 1.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080400.xhp
index b1c3eb18a7..a1cdbd79cd 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080400.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Square Root Calculation
+ Square Root CalculationUse this function to calculate square roots.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp
index 35a3c55e40..cba277d2e8 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Sqr Function
+Sqr FunctionCalculates the square root of a numeric expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080500.xhp
index 2a8754efa3..919ed6b5e1 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080500.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Integers and Fractional
+ Integers and FractionalFunctions to round values to integers, and to take the fractional part of a value.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080501.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080501.xhp
index 0cc5f18e0a..56f527483a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080501.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080501.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Fix function
-Fix Function
+Fix FunctionReturns the integer value of a numeric expression by removing the fractional part of the number.
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
End Sub
- Int Function
- Frac Function
+ Int Function
+ Frac Function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080502.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080502.xhp
index b695125ad4..880528ded3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080502.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080502.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Int Function
+Int FunctionReturns the integer portion of a number.
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@
End Sub
- Fix Function
- Frac Function
+ Fix Function
+ Frac Function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080503.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080503.xhp
index 64e7fc9a0c..6a04788f0d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080503.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080503.xhp
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
Frac function
-
Frac Function
+
Frac Function
Returns the fractional portion of a number.
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
End Sub
- Fix Function
- Int Function
+ Fix Function
+ Int Function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080600.xhp
index ec743146f2..99c363920c 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080600.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Absolute Values
+ Absolute ValuesThis function returns absolute values.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp
index 777db56b07..33027fbed8 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Abs Function
+Abs FunctionReturns the absolute value of a numeric expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080700.xhp
index d578e1cdfd..e51b6f6146 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080700.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080700.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Expression Signs
+ Expression SignsThis function returns the algebraic sign of a numeric expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp
index e906415108..756fa1aa64 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Sgn Function
+Sgn FunctionReturns an integer number between -1 and 1 that indicates if the number that is passed to the function is positive, negative, or zero.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080800.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080800.xhp
index f340a13107..1fa43aa5e0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080800.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080800.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Converting Numbers
+ Converting NumbersThe following functions convert numbers from one number format to another.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp
index 82d5bb968e..9b7719430a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Hex Function
+Hex FunctionReturns a string that represents the hexadecimal value of a number.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp
index 14910c9007..88d69da004 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Oct Function
+Oct FunctionReturns the octal value of a number.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090000.xhp
index d632a2a8ee..57f0c680de 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090000.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Controlling Program Execution
+ Controlling Program ExecutionThe following statements control the execution of a program.A program generally executes from the first line of code to the last line of code. You can also execute certain procedures within the program according to specific conditions, or repeat a section of the program within a sub-procedure or function. You can use loops to repeat parts of a program as many times as necessary, or until a certain condition is met. These type of control statements are classified as Condition, Loop, or Jump statements.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090100.xhp
index e34cf1f1f5..92e2482186 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090100.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Condition Statements
+ Condition StatementsThe following statements are based on conditions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090101.xhp
index bd9875630a..ff354e386e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090101.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090101.xhp
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
EndIf;If statement
-
If...Then...Else Statement
+
If...Then...Else Statement
Defines one or more statement blocks that you only want to execute if a given condition or expression is True.
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@
- Select Case statement
- Iif or Switch functions
+ Select Case statement
+ Iif or Switch functions
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090102.xhp
index 571abc33d2..5208e811f2 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090102.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090102.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
-
Select...Case Statement
+
Select...Case Statement
Defines one or more statement blocks depending on the value of an expression.
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@
- If statement
- Iif or Switch functions
+ If statement
+ Iif or Switch functions
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090103.xhp
index 07b6e453d5..67c24baf55 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090103.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090103.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
IIf function
-
IIf Function
+
IIf Function
Returns one of two possible function results, depending on the logical value of the evaluated expression.
@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@
- If or Select Case statements
- Switch function
+ If or Select Case statements
+ Switch function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090200.xhp
index 41c8aaedfd..c9cb0eb6dc 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090200.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Loops
+ LoopsThe following statements execute loops.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090201.xhp
index 696ffeecd5..ba604c7a8f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090201.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090201.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
-Do...Loop Statement
+Do...Loop StatementRepeats the statements between the Do and the Loop statement while the condition is True or until the condition becomes True.
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@
- For, Select Case or While statements
- Iif or Switch functions
+ For, Select Case or While statements
+ Iif or Switch functions
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090202.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090202.xhp
index eee1012838..51a51f1dbf 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090202.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090202.xhp
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
-
For...Next Statement
+
For...Next Statement
Repeats the statements between the For...Next block a specified number of times.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090203.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090203.xhp
index dad29dca34..065662ff2f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090203.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090203.xhp
@@ -35,10 +35,10 @@
While;While...Wend loopWhile;While Wend loop
- While...Wend Statement
+ While...Wend StatementWhen a program encounters a While statement, it tests the condition. If the condition is False, the program continues directly following the Wend statement. If the condition is True, the loop is executed until the program finds Wend and then jumps back to the While statement. If the condition is still True, the loop is executed again.
- Unlike the Do...Loop statement, you cannot cancel a While...Wend loop with Exit. Never exit a While...Wend loop with GoTo, since this can cause a run-time error.
+ Unlike the Do...Loop statement, you cannot cancel a While...Wend loop with Exit. Never exit a While...Wend loop with GoTo, since this can cause a run-time error.A Do...Loop is more flexible than a While...Wend.
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@
- Do...Until or Do...While statement
- Exit statement
+ Do...Until or Do...While statement
+ Exit statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090300.xhp
index c4e2a5e624..717ab95614 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090300.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Jumps
+ JumpsThe following statements execute jumps.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090301.xhp
index b2331842bc..f7007e96e5 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090301.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090301.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
label; in GoSub...Return statement
-
GoSub...Return Statement
+
GoSub...Return Statement
Calls a subroutine that is indicated by a label inside a Sub or a Function. The statements following the label are executed until the next Return statement. Afterwards, the program continues with the statement that follows the GoSub statement.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp
index 4f9cd57f5c..66522639c2 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
GoTo statementlabel; in GoTo statement
-GoTo Statement
+GoTo StatementContinues program execution within a Sub or Function at the procedure line indicated by a label.Syntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090303.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090303.xhp
index cad7a574fb..e305590e0e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090303.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090303.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
-
On...GoSub Statement; On...GoTo Statement
+
On...GoSub Statement; On...GoTo Statement
Branches to one of several specified lines in the program code, depending on the value of a numeric expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090400.xhp
index 91ea068ef2..8eb52115a8 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090400.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
- Further Statements
+ Further StatementsStatements that do not belong to any of the other categories are described here.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090401.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090401.xhp
index 2737a682c3..39045388d0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090401.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090401.xhp
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
Call statement
-
Call Statement
-Transfers the control of the program to a subroutine, a function, or a procedure of a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The keyword, type and number of parameters is dependent on the routine that is being called.
+
Call Statement
+Transfers the control of the program to a subroutine, a function, or a procedure of a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The keyword, type and number of parameters is dependent on the routine that is being called.
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@
-name: Name of the subroutine, the function, or the DLL that you want to call
+name: Name of the subroutine, the function, or the DLL that you want to callparam: Keyword parameter name to pass to the routine, followed by its value. The name must match the routine declaration. Keywords are optional and can be used in any order. value: Positional parameter value. The type is dependent on the routine that is being calledWhen mixing positional and keyword parameters, make sure positional parameters are following the routine declaration order.
-When a function is used as an expression, enclosing parameters with brackets becomes necessary. Using a Declare statement is compulsory prior to call a DLL.
+When a function is used as an expression, enclosing parameters with brackets becomes necessary. Using a Declare statement is compulsory prior to call a DLL.Sub ExampleCall
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090402.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090402.xhp
index 18d47e98cf..7a7dce4f22 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090402.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090402.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Choose Function
+
Choose Function
Returns a selected value from a list of arguments.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp
index 2a4b3d5196..1f7cc8584a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@
-Declare Statement
+Declare StatementDLL (Dynamic Link Library)Declares and defines a subroutine in a DLL file that you want to execute from $[officename] Basic.
-See also: FreeLibrary
+See also: FreeLibrarySyntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp
index ada8a37a87..8605392bee 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-End Statement
+End StatementEnds a procedure or block.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp
index 7297dd9347..fc0c593074 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
-FreeLibrary Function
-Releases DLLs that were loaded by a Declare statement. A released DLL is automatically reloaded if one of its functions is called. See also: Declare
+FreeLibrary Function
+Releases DLLs that were loaded by a Declare statement. A released DLL is automatically reloaded if one of its functions is called. See also: DeclareSyntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090406.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090406.xhp
index 7ecfbe73c1..3c481e8154 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090406.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090406.xhp
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
Function statement
-
Function Statement
+
Function Statement
A function is a block of code which runs when it is called. A function is usually called in an expression.You can pass data, known as parameters or arguments, into a function. You may pass a parameter by value or by reference. When by reference, modifications applied to the parameter in the function will be sent back to the calling code.A function usually returns data as a result.
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
- Subroutines basics
+ Subroutines basics
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090407.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090407.xhp
index 7e4239841f..9014763c5f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090407.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090407.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
-
Rem Statement
+
Rem Statement
Specifies that a program line is a comment.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090408.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090408.xhp
index 8aefe030f5..49d12a6efc 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090408.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090408.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Stop statement
-
Stop Statement
+
Stop Statement
Stops the execution of the Basic program.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090409.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090409.xhp
index f10753bdee..be95d8e678 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090409.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090409.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Sub statement
-
Evaluates a list of arguments, consisting of an expression followed by a value. The Switch function returns a value that is associated with the expression that is passed by this function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090411.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090411.xhp
index aa1740ba61..3285c40a4b 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090411.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090411.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
With statement
-
With Statement
+
With Statement
Sets an object as the default object. Unless another object name is declared, all properties and methods refer to the default object until the End With statement is reached.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
Nesting With statements helps writing and reading Basic routines.
- Type Statement
+ Type Statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090412.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090412.xhp
index adad552128..1a6543a5d8 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090412.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090412.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Exit Statement
+
Exit Statement
Exits a Do...Loop, For...Next, a function, a property, or a subroutine.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090413.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090413.xhp
index 38c6709ae9..a3bec03bdb 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090413.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090413.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
Type statement
-
Type Statement
+
Type Statement
Define non-UNO data structures.A Type structure is an ordered collection of data fields, that can be manipulated as a single item.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
- Extended types such as Type statement structures, UNO objects or ClassModule objects are valid typenames.
+ Extended types such as Type statement structures, UNO objects or ClassModule objects are valid typenames.A Type structure scope is that of the module it belongs to.
@@ -60,10 +60,10 @@
oCustomer.City = "Berlin"End Sub
- Enumerations can be created using Type statement definitions. Calling Python Scripts from Basic illustrates that mechanism.
+ Enumerations can be created using Type statement definitions. Calling Python Scripts from Basic illustrates that mechanism.
- CreateObject function
+ CreateObject function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100000.xhp
index 1c06b40e81..9f12705c4c 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Variables
+VariablesThe following statements and functions are for working with variables. You can use these functions to declare or define variables, convert variables from one type to another, or determine the variable type.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100100.xhp
index 66dd198cfc..5425383f69 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100100.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CBool function
-
CBool Function
+
CBool Function
Converts an expression or a set of expressions into a boolean. An expression is composed of strings, numbers and operators. Comparison, logical or mathematical operators are allowed inside expressions.
@@ -46,9 +46,9 @@
Boolean
-expression: A logical expression, a mathematical formula, a numeric expression or a set of expressions combined with operators. During expression evaluation logical operators take preceedence over comparison operators, which in turn take preceedence over mathematical operators.
+expression: A logical expression, a mathematical formula, a numeric expression or a set of expressions combined with operators. During expression evaluation logical operators take preceedence over comparison operators, which in turn take preceedence over mathematical operators.The expression can be a number or mathematical formula. When equals to 0, False is returned, otherwise True is returned.
-Multiple expressions such as expr1 [[{operator] expr2]..] can be combined. expr1 and expr2 can be any string or numeric expressions that you want to evaluate. CBool combines the expressions and returns either True or False. operator can be a mathematical operator, logical operator or comparison operator.
+Multiple expressions such as expr1 [[{operator] expr2]..] can be combined. expr1 and expr2 can be any string or numeric expressions that you want to evaluate. CBool combines the expressions and returns either True or False. operator can be a mathematical operator, logical operator or comparison operator.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp
index adabbdc0bb..7be03ef96b 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
CDate function
-CDate Function
+CDate FunctionConverts any string or numeric expression to a date value.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100400.xhp
index 9546166c63..41b849c6a7 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100400.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CDbl function
-
CDbl Function
+
CDbl Function
Converts any numerical expression or string expression to a double type.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100500.xhp
index 9dda185122..5dbc2adc34 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100500.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CInt function
-
CInt Function
+
CInt Function
Converts any string or numeric expression to an integer.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100600.xhp
index a8743a0b88..d8721580b5 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100600.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CLng function
-
CLng Function
+
CLng Function
Converts any string or numeric expression to a long integer.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100700.xhp
index 7e8ceacd06..4dcadcd5d0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100700.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100700.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Const statement
-
Const Statement
+
Const Statement
Defines one or more identifiers as constants.A constant is a variable that helps to improve the readability of a program. Constants are not defined as a specific type of variable, but rather are used as placeholders in the code. You can only define a constant once and it cannot be modified.
@@ -67,8 +67,8 @@
End Sub
- Enum statement
- Type statement
+ Enum statement
+ Type statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100900.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100900.xhp
index 6ab5c59855..2a477f5a6e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100900.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100900.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CSng function
-
CSng Function
+
CSng Function
Converts any string or numeric expression to data type Single.
@@ -46,14 +46,14 @@
-Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered using a dot "." as the decimal point and a comma "," as the thousands separator (for instance 123,456.78), which may differ from your %PRODUCTNAME language settings.
+Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered using a dot "." as the decimal point and a comma "," as the thousands separator (for instance 123,456.78), which may differ from your %PRODUCTNAME language settings.
-Numeric expressions are displayed according to %PRODUCTNAME language settings:
+Numeric expressions are displayed according to %PRODUCTNAME language settings:Sub ExampleCountryConvert MsgBox CDbl(1234.5678) ' 1234.5678
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp
index f9745a463b..ecee1f9fe7 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-CStr Function
+CStr FunctionConverts any numeric expression to a string expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101100.xhp
index 811494ccb4..82ddc1f24b 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101100.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
DefBool statement
-
DefBool Statement
+
DefBool Statement
If no type-declaration character or keyword is specified, the DefBool statement sets the default data type for variables, according to a letter range.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101300.xhp
index 6c84e65636..82829a8a3f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101300.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
DefDate statement
-
DefDate Statement
+
DefDate Statement
If no type-declaration character or keyword is specified, the DefDate statement sets the default variable type, according to a letter range.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101400.xhp
index ee96efa7ac..aa2fc6016e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101400.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
DefDbl statement
-
DefDbl Statement
+
DefDbl Statement
Sets the default variable type, according to a letter range, if no type-declaration character or keyword is specified.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101500.xhp
index 2a371295b9..3a0f80083c 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101500.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
DefInt statement
-
DefInt Statement
+
DefInt Statement
Sets the default variable type, according to a letter range, if no type-declaration character or keyword is specified.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101600.xhp
index f872bcdf05..bd6de93eb2 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101600.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
DefLng statement
-
DefLng Statement
+
DefLng Statement
Sets the default variable type, according to a letter range, if no type-declaration character or keyword is specified.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101700.xhp
index db099499cc..a7eac3db07 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101700.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101700.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
DefObj statement
-
DefObj Statement
+
DefObj Statement
Sets the default variable type, according to a letter range, if no type-declaration character or keyword is specified.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102000.xhp
index 2e7a312526..d7a6c64131 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
DefVar statement
-
DefVar Statement
+
DefVar Statement
Sets the default variable type, according to a letter range, if no type-declaration character or keyword is specified.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102100.xhp
index b66acc5802..163a02f2d3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102100.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
dimensioning arrays
-
Dim Statement
+
Dim Statement
Declares variables or arrays.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
Dim variable [(start To end)] [As typename][, variable2[char] [(start To end)] [,...]]
-New operator is optional when setting Option Compatible option.
+New operator is optional when setting Option Compatible option.
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
Single: Single-precision floating-point variable (3,402823 x 10E38 - 1,401298 x 10E-45).String: String variable consisting of a maximum of 64,000 ASCII characters.Variant: Variant variable type (contains all types, specified by definition). If a type name is not specified, variables are automatically defined as Variant Type, unless a statement from DefBool to DefVar is used.
-object: Universal Network object (UNO) object or ClassModule object instance.
+object: Universal Network object (UNO) object or ClassModule object instance.char: Special character that declares the data type of a variable.Type declaration characters fragment
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp
index 8c71168a43..a592cbead6 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
ReDim statement
-
ReDim Statement
+
ReDim Statement
Declares or redefines variables or arrays.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp
index 431fee1c86..ccd9d58b8e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-IsArray Function
+IsArray FunctionDetermines if a variable is a data field in an array.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp
index 41976a79f3..a78ce1f7c3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-IsDate Function
+IsDate FunctionTests if a numeric or string expression can be converted to a Date variable.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp
index 7343efb892..79d8658a6d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-IsEmpty Function
+IsEmpty FunctionTests if a Variant variable contains the Empty value. The Empty value indicates that the variable is not initialized.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp
index cbad0b2b3b..e319eb7f5d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
-IsNull Function
+IsNull FunctionTests if a Variant contains the special Null value, indicating that the variable does not contain data.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp
index 5a868f0fc6..2e7892f7f7 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
-IsNumeric Function
-Tests if an expression is a number. If the expression is a number, the function returns True, otherwise the function returns False.
+IsNumeric Function
+Tests if an expression is a number. If the expression is a number, the function returns True, otherwise the function returns False.Syntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102800.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102800.xhp
index 4655ee47f6..82d636e222 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102800.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102800.xhp
@@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
IsObject function
-
IsObject Function
+
IsObject Function
Tests if a variable is an object, as opposed to primitive data types such as dates, numbers, texts. The function returns True if the variable is an object, otherwise it returns False.This function returns True for the following object types:OLE objects or UNO objects
- Class module object instances
- Extended types or enumerations
+ Class module object instances
+ Extended types or enumerationsRoutines or variables when defined as Object.%PRODUCTNAME Basic modules
@@ -58,15 +58,15 @@
- Enum statement
+ Enum statement
- Type statement
- Using variables
+ Type statement
+ Using variables
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102900.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102900.xhp
index cd12c74608..4c9ff507cd 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102900.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102900.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
LBound function
-
LBound Function
+
LBound Function
Returns the lower boundary of an array.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103000.xhp
index f87474f464..8fd64cdece 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103000.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
UBound Function
+
UBound Function
Returns the upper boundary of an array.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp
index a03f8e04df..eecf09aad2 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Let Statement
+Let StatementAssigns a value to a variable.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103200.xhp
index d7418435a8..05bcbb54fd 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103200.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Option Base statement
-
Option Base Statement
+
Option Base Statement
Defines the default lower boundary for arrays as 0 or 1.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103300.xhp
index 96c490d393..b4e0f31c45 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103300.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Option Explicit statement
-
Option Explicit Statement
+
Option Explicit Statement
Specifies that every variable in the program code must be explicitly declared with the Dim statement.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp
index 1a0b9c5224..230b01ec31 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
VBA Support;Option VBASupport statementOption VBASupport statement
-
Option VBASupport Statement
+
Option VBASupport Statement
Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME Basic will support some VBA statements, functions and objects.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp
index b56fe0d94a..12b182751e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Public Statement
+Public StatementDimensions a variable or an array at the module level (that is, not within a subroutine or function), so that the variable and the array are valid in all libraries and modules.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp
index b2c0e5144e..eddda82e99 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Global keyword
+Global keywordDimensions a variable or an array at the global level (that is, not within a subroutine or function), so that the variable and the array are valid in all libraries and modules for the current session.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp
index 52a0261bb9..0f7e501e2a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Static Statement
+Static StatementDeclares a variable or an array at the procedure level within a subroutine or a function, so that the values of the variable or the array are retained after exiting the subroutine or function. Dim statement conventions are also valid.The Static statement cannot be used to define variable arrays. Arrays must be specified according to a fixed size.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103600.xhp
index cea6827072..1a33a15ed0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103600.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
VarType functionBasic Variable Type constants
-
TypeName Function; VarType Function
+
TypeName Function; VarType Function
Returns text or a numeric value that contain type information for a variable.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103700.xhp
index 45f6ce0e04..e41555b561 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103700.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103700.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Set Statement
+
Set Statement
Sets an object reference on a variable.
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
End WithEnd Sub
-New creates UNO objects or class module objects, before assigning it to a variable.
+New creates UNO objects or class module objects, before assigning it to a variable.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp
index f77b77da8c..cddd83b010 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
FindObject function
-FindObject Function
+FindObject FunctionEnables an object to be addressed at run-time as a string parameter through the object name.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
This allows names to be dynamically created at run-time. For example:"TextEdit1" to "TextEdit5" in a loop to create five control names.
-See also: FindPropertyObject
+See also: FindPropertyObjectSyntax:FindObject( ObjName As String )
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp
index 75486f5bfd..974797c51a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp
@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
FindPropertyObject function
-FindPropertyObject Function
+FindPropertyObject FunctionEnables objects to be addressed at run-time as a string parameter using the object name.
-See also: FindObject
+See also: FindObjectSyntax:FindPropertyObject( ObjVar, PropName As String )
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp
index 47a8ecae8f..721a7f56d0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@
IsMissing function
-IsMissing Function
+IsMissing FunctionTests if a function is called with an optional parameter.
-See also: Optional
+See also: OptionalSyntax:IsMissing( ArgumentName )
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
ArgumentName: the name of an optional argument.IsMissing returns True if no value has been passed for the ArgumentName; otherwise, it returns False.
-See also Examples.
+See also Examples.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp
index 26e9b2201e..4b38f8ebbd 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@
Optional function
-Optional (in Function Statement)
+Optional (in Function Statement)Allows you to define parameters that are passed to a function as optional.
-See also: IsMissing
+See also: IsMissingSyntax:Function MyFunction(Text1 As String, Optional Arg2, Optional Arg3)
@@ -45,6 +45,6 @@
Result = MyFunction("Here", 1, "There") ' all arguments are passed.Result = MyFunction("Test", ,1) ' second argument is missing.
-See also Examples.
+See also Examples.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104200.xhp
index 1ee1a8fffe..1c0582db79 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104200.xhp
@@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
Array function
-
Array Function
+
Array Function
Returns the type Variant with a data field.Array (ArgumentList)
- See also DimArray
+ See also DimArrayArgumentList: A list of any number of arguments that are separated by commas.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp
index 177c75d384..7e299ed71d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp
@@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
DimArray function
-DimArray Function
+DimArray FunctionReturns a Variant array.Syntax:DimArray (ArgumentList)
-See also Array
+See also ArrayIf no parameters are passed, an empty array is created (like Dim A() that is the same as a sequence of length 0 in Uno). If parameters are specified, a dimension is created for each parameter.Parameters:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104400.xhp
index 541ce535b1..f1f238169a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104400.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
HasUnoInterfaces function
-HasUnoInterfaces Function
+HasUnoInterfaces FunctionTests if a Basic Uno object supports certain Uno interfaces.Returns True, if all stated Uno interfaces are supported, otherwise False is returned.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104500.xhp
index 49cd4588a7..7fee76cddc 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104500.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
IsUnoStruct function
-IsUnoStruct Function
+IsUnoStruct FunctionReturns True if the given object is a Uno struct.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104600.xhp
index 891421b506..5a0e3d9584 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104600.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
EqualUnoObjects function
-
EqualUnoObjects Function
+
EqualUnoObjects Function
Returns True if the two specified Basic variables represent the same Uno object instance.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104700.xhp
index 968cac3139..a806cb63a3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104700.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104700.xhp
@@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
- Dim or ReDim statements
- Array or DimArray functions
- Lbound and Ubound functions
+ Dim or ReDim statements
+ Array or DimArray functions
+ Lbound and Ubound functions
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp
index 801ba423a7..8bd5330440 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
Operators;not equal to (<>)
-
Comparison Operators
+
Comparison Operators
Comparison operators compare two expressions. The result is returned as a boolean expression that determines if the comparison is True (-1) or False (0).
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120000.xhp
index 8709a9a24f..a7fd568bab 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120000.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Strings
+ StringsThe following functions and statements validate and return strings.You can use strings to edit text within $[officename] Basic programs.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120100.xhp
index dccf9aeb66..fb85fae5dc 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120100.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- ASCII/ANSI Conversion in Strings
+ ASCII/ANSI Conversion in StringsThe following functions convert strings to and from ASCII or ANSI code.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120101.xhp
index deb1b1bafe..7d6dd7a49a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120101.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120101.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Asc function
-
Asc Function (BASIC)
+
Asc Function (BASIC)
Returns the ASCII (American Standard Code for Information Interchange) value of the first character in a string expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120102.xhp
index 2f41ee9c86..fdece19f54 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120102.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120102.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
Chr function
-
Chr Function
+
Chr Function
Returns the character that corresponds to the specified character code.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
charcode: a numeric expression that represents a valid 8-bit ASCII value (0-255) or a 16-bit Unicode value. (To support expressions with a nominally negative argument like Chr(&H8000) in a backwards-compatible way, values in the range −32768 to −1 are internally mapped to the range 32768 to 65535.)
- When VBA compatibility mode is enabled (Option VBASupport 1), charcode is a numeric expression that represents a valid 8-bit ASCII value (0-255) only.
+ When VBA compatibility mode is enabled (Option VBASupport 1), charcode is a numeric expression that represents a valid 8-bit ASCII value (0-255) only.Use the Chr$ function to send special control sequences to a printer or to another output source. You can also use it to insert quotation marks in a string expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120103.xhp
index 976c53e7e3..a354611d08 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120103.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120103.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
Str function
-
Str Function
+
Str Function
The Str function converts the contents of variables into a string. It handles numeric values, dates, strings and currency values.Positive numbers are preceded by a blank space. Negative numbers are preceded by a minus sign.For numeric values the string returned by the Str function is locale-independent. Hence the dot is used as the decimal separator when needed.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120104.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120104.xhp
index b83dc56258..3267862c2f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120104.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120104.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
Val function
-
Val Function
+
Val Function
Use the Val function to convert a string that represents a number into numeric data type.The string passed to the Val function is locale-independent. This means that commas are interpreted as thousands separators and a dot is used as the decimal separator.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120105.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120105.xhp
index e3f925c692..e72a1d546e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120105.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120105.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CByte function
-
CByte Function
+
CByte Function
Converts a string or a numeric expression to the Byte type.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120111.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120111.xhp
index fe6d22493e..e6a5ce7765 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120111.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120111.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
AscW Function [VBA]
+
AscW Function [VBA]
Returns the Unicode value of the first character in a string expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120112.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120112.xhp
index e1eba04293..3b86c2f536 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120112.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120112.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
ChrW function
-
ChrW Function [VBA]
+
ChrW Function [VBA]
Returns the Unicode character that corresponds to the specified character code.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120200.xhp
index 2a432da707..97a223f97f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120200.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Repeating Contents
+ Repeating ContentsThe following functions repeat the contents of strings.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120201.xhp
index 9b60756d91..b69a95b88c 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120201.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120201.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
Spc function
-
Space and Spc Functions
+
Space and Spc Functions
Returns a string that consists of a specified amount of spaces.The Spc function works the same as the Space function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120202.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120202.xhp
index 9a09d81a36..6b4f6442c4 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120202.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120202.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
String Function
+
String Function
Creates a string according to the specified character, or the first character of a string expression that is passed to the function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120300.xhp
index cc9697f299..f1df921368 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120300.xhp
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-Editing String Contents
+Editing String ContentsThe following functions edit, format, and align the contents of strings. Use the & or + operators to concatenate strings.ampersand symbol; in string handling
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120301.xhp
index 48f9e0b854..ce5ef8b9aa 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120301.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120301.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Format Function
+
Format Function
Converts a numeric expression to a string, and then formats it according to the format that you specify.
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
End Sub
- Number format codes
+ Number format codes
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120302.xhp
index 8664f24e6d..8ebe174ee7 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120302.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120302.xhp
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
-
LCase Function
+
LCase Function
Converts all uppercase letters in a string to lowercase.
-See also: UCase Function
+See also: UCase FunctionLCase (Text As String)
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120303.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120303.xhp
index 596b15faa7..da879b8d3c 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120303.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120303.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Left Function
+
Left Function
Returns the number of leftmost characters that you specify of a string expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120304.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120304.xhp
index 54567d6a0c..cee1c0c96c 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120304.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120304.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
LSet Statement
+
LSet Statement
Aligns a string to the left of a string variable, or copies a variable of a user-defined type to another variable of a different user-defined type.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120305.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120305.xhp
index 730e3cbb7d..0c30192201 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120305.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120305.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
LTrim Function
+
LTrim Function
Removes all leading spaces at the start of a string expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120306.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120306.xhp
index d3f4efe7ba..f9cb31167a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120306.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120306.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
-
Mid Function, Mid Statement
+
Mid Function, Mid Statement
Returns the specified portion of a string expression (Mid function), or replaces the portion of a string expression with another string (Mid statement).
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120307.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120307.xhp
index e970b80a1a..cf27d174d2 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120307.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120307.xhp
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
-
Right Function
+
Right Function
Returns the rightmost "n" characters of a string expression.
-See also: Left Function.
+See also: Left Function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120308.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120308.xhp
index e527399c5c..f999364e51 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120308.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120308.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
RSet Statement
+
RSet Statement
Right-aligns a string within a string variable, or copies a user-defined variable type into another.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120309.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120309.xhp
index 8e6d160f5c..aa29a4bb90 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120309.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120309.xhp
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
-
RTrim Function
+
RTrim Function
Deletes the spaces at the end of a string expression.
-See also: LTrim Function
+See also: LTrim Function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120310.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120310.xhp
index 87c0de547a..488566add3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120310.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120310.xhp
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
-
UCase Function
+
UCase Function
Converts lowercase characters in a string to uppercase.
-See also: LCase Function
+See also: LCase FunctionUCase (Text As String)
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120311.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120311.xhp
index 5d12ed80a6..fe4efd3dbf 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120311.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120311.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Trim Function
+
Trim Function
Removes all leading and trailing spaces from a string expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120312.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120312.xhp
index 8c67769f59..658b2f0344 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120312.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120312.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
ConvertToURL function
-
ConvertToURL Function
+
ConvertToURL Function
Converts a system file name to a file URL.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120313.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120313.xhp
index 0c4ab4ba80..ab6bf66fe0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120313.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120313.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
ConvertFromURL function
-
ConvertFromURL Function
+
ConvertFromURL Function
Converts a file URL to a system file name.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120314.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120314.xhp
index 059f5e95ec..7aa0ebcab7 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120314.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120314.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Split Function
+
Split Function
Returns an array of substrings from a string expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120315.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120315.xhp
index 68e406f3bf..4ac47a1946 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120315.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120315.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
Join function
-
Join Function
+
Join Function
Returns a string from a number of substrings in a string array.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120400.xhp
index b3012ca68a..15ff73f399 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120400.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Editing String Length
+ Editing String LengthThe following functions determine string lengths and compare strings.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120401.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120401.xhp
index ae53e0d99d..e0b79638e5 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120401.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120401.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
InStr Function
+
InStr Function
Returns the position of a string within another string.The Instr function returns the position at which the match was found. If the string was not found, the function returns 0.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp
index e57cb67fd7..386dc25c27 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Len function
-Len Function
+Len FunctionReturns the number of characters in a string, or the number of bytes that are required to store a variable.Syntax:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120403.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120403.xhp
index 6551e263d9..a1e959299c 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120403.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120403.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-StrComp Function
+StrComp FunctionCompares two strings and returns an integer value that represents the result of the comparison.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120411.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120411.xhp
index 5ba7cc315f..40300eaed0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120411.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120411.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-InStrRev Function [VBA]
+InStrRev Function [VBA]Returns the position of a string within another string, starting from the right side of the string.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120412.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120412.xhp
index 0c743326c8..e98419ca9f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120412.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120412.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
StrReverse function
-StrReverse Function [VBA]
+StrReverse Function [VBA]Returns the string with the character order reversed.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130000.xhp
index c281ca33c1..c7d3dc1027 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Other Commands
+Other CommandsThis is a list of the functions and the statements that are not included in the other categories.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130100.xhp
index f8e90b2dd1..d362abbcd4 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130100.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Beep statement
-
Beep Statement
+
Beep Statement
Plays a tone through the computer's speaker. The tone is system-dependent and you cannot modify its volume or pitch.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130500.xhp
index 3a02ad5beb..2ae8648136 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130500.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Shell function
-
Shell Function
+
Shell Function
Starts another application and defines the respective window style, if necessary.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130600.xhp
index 849f00c864..46f115356f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130600.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Wait statement
-Wait Statement
+Wait StatementInterrupts the program execution for the amount of time that you specify in milliseconds.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
End Sub
- WaitUntil statement
+ WaitUntil statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130610.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130610.xhp
index dc0edc5e32..c3ba1a0780 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130610.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130610.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
WaitUntil statement
-
WaitUntil Statement
+
WaitUntil Statement
Interrupts the program execution until the time specified.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
End Sub
- Wait statement
+ Wait statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp
index bb7fe6cf9b..1b93c83da0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
GetSystemTicks function
-GetSystemTicks Function
+GetSystemTicks FunctionReturns the number of system ticks provided by the operating system. You can use this function to optimize certain processes.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp
index c5e84cd5df..1f83baaf76 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Environ Function
+Environ FunctionReturns the value of an environment variable as a string. Environment variables are dependent on the type of operating system that you have.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp
index 92a2a316f7..313a1c0ea2 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
GetSolarVersion function
-GetSolarVersion Function
+GetSolarVersion FunctionReturns the internal number of the current $[officename] version.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp
index 264a5b6448..482cbd51fd 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
TwipsPerPixelX function
-TwipsPerPixelX Function
+TwipsPerPixelX FunctionReturns the number of twips that represent the width of a pixel.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp
index 5b4586b024..e7c0d1a050 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
TwipsPerPixelY function
-TwipsPerPixelY Function
+TwipsPerPixelY FunctionReturns the number of twips that represent the height of a pixel.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131500.xhp
index a249debd2c..6b29259c8f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131500.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CreateUnoStruct function
-
CreateUnoStruct Function
+
CreateUnoStruct Function
Creates an instance of a Uno structure type.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131600.xhp
index 3e0f978dd8..0739fe7029 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131600.xhp
@@ -30,14 +30,14 @@
API;FilePickerAPI;SimpleFileAccess
-
CreateUnoService Function
+
CreateUnoService Function
Instantiates a Uno service with the ProcessServiceManager. CreateUnoService(serviceName As String) As Object
- For a list of available services, visit the com::sun::star Module reference page.
+ For a list of available services, visit the com::sun::star Module reference page.The example below creates the function FileExists that uses the service com.sun.star.ucb.SimpleFileAccess to test if a given path is an existing file.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
FileExists = bExists And Not bIsFolderEnd Function ' FileExists
- UNO services have an extensive online documentation in the api.libreoffice.org website. Visit the SimpleFileAccess Service reference page to learn more about the methods provided by the service used in the example above.
+ UNO services have an extensive online documentation in the api.libreoffice.org website. Visit the SimpleFileAccess Service reference page to learn more about the methods provided by the service used in the example above.filepicker;API service
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131700.xhp
index e04eac85df..9246888197 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131700.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131700.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
GetProcessServiceManager functionProcessServiceManager
-GetProcessServiceManager Function
+GetProcessServiceManager FunctionReturns the ProcessServiceManager (central Uno ServiceManager).This function is required when you want to instantiate a service using CreateInstanceWithArguments.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131800.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131800.xhp
index 26f71a677d..eb06b8eecb 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131800.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131800.xhp
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
CreateUnoDialog function
-CreateUnoDialog Function
+CreateUnoDialog FunctionCreates a Basic Uno object that represents a Uno dialog control during Basic runtime.Dialogs are defined in the dialog libraries. To display a dialog, a "live" dialog must be created from the library.
-See Examples.
+See Examples.CreateUnoDialog( oDlgDesc )
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131900.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131900.xhp
index e911050252..d7bd872f0a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131900.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131900.xhp
@@ -39,16 +39,16 @@
BasicLibraries; library containerDialogLibraries; library container
-
GlobalScope specifier
+
GlobalScope specifier
To manage personal or shared library containers (Application Macros or My Macros) from within a document, use the GlobalScope specifier.Basic source code and dialogs are organized in library containers. Libraries can contain modules and dialogs.
In Basic:
-Basic libraries and modules can be managed with the BasicLibraries object. Libraries can be searched, explored and loaded on request. Monitoring Documents Events illustrates %PRODUCTNAME library loading.
+Basic libraries and modules can be managed with the BasicLibraries object. Libraries can be searched, explored and loaded on request. Monitoring Documents Events illustrates %PRODUCTNAME library loading.
In dialogs:
-Dialog libraries and dialogs can be managed with the DialogLibraries object. Opening a Dialog With Basic illustrates how to display %PRODUCTNAME shared dialogs.
+Dialog libraries and dialogs can be managed with the DialogLibraries object. Opening a Dialog With Basic illustrates how to display %PRODUCTNAME shared dialogs.BasicLibraries and DialogLibraries containers exist at application level and within every document. Document's library containers do not need the GlobalScope specifier to be managed. If you want to call a global library container (located in Application Macros or My Macros) from within a document, you must use the GlobalScope specifier.GlobalScope specifier
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132000.xhp
index 7cbb593874..86aec48335 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CreateUnoListener function
-
CreateUnoListener Function
+
CreateUnoListener Function
Creates a Listener instance.Many Uno objects let you register listeners with dedicated listener interfaces. This allows to listen for specific events and call up the appropriate listener method. The CreateUnoListener function sets a listener interface associated to an UNO object. The listener interface is then bound to its associated object.
@@ -53,16 +53,16 @@
oListener = CreateUnoListener( "ContListener_","com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener" )The CreateUnoListener method requires two parameters. The first is Prefix and is explained in detail below. Typename second parameter is the fully qualified name of the listener interface.
-Every listener must be registered to %PRODUCTNAME broadcaster feature. This is performed by binding each listener to its associated object. Bind methods always follow the pattern 'addFooListener', where 'Foo' is the object type of the listener interface, without the 'X'. In this example, the addContainerListener method is called to register the XContainerListener:
+Every listener must be registered to %PRODUCTNAME broadcaster feature. This is performed by binding each listener to its associated object. Bind methods always follow the pattern 'addFooListener', where 'Foo' is the object type of the listener interface, without the 'X'. In this example, the addContainerListener method is called to register the XContainerListener:Dim oLib As ObjectoLib = BasicLibraries.Library1 ' Library1 must exist!oLib.addContainerListener( oListener ) ' Register the listener
-The listener is now registered. When an event occurs, the active listener calls the appropriate method defined in com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface.
+The listener is now registered. When an event occurs, the active listener calls the appropriate method defined in com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface.Event-driven registered BASIC subroutines require to use a defined Prefix. The BASIC run-time system searches for subroutines or functions that have the name 'Prefix+ListenerMethod' and calls them when found. Otherwise, a run-time error occurs.
-In this example, com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface defines the following methods:
+In this example, com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface defines the following methods:
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
disposing
- com.sun.star.lang.XEventListener base interface for all Listener Interfaces
+ com.sun.star.lang.XEventListener base interface for all Listener Interfaces
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
elementInserted
- Method of the com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface
+ Method of the com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
elementRemoved
- Method of the com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface
+ Method of the com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
elementReplaced
- Method of the com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface
+ Method of the com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
End SubListener methods must always be implemented to avoid BASIC run-time errors.
-Use ScriptForge library console when the BASIC IDE is not easily accessible, that is during events processing. Use the DebugPrint method to add any relevant information to the console. Console entries can be dumped to a text file or visualized in a dialog window. Use Trace module of Access2Base library as an alternative
+Use ScriptForge library console when the BASIC IDE is not easily accessible, that is during events processing. Use the DebugPrint method to add any relevant information to the console. Console entries can be dumped to a text file or visualized in a dialog window. Use Trace module of Access2Base library as an alternativeSub SF_Trace GlobalScope.BasicLibraries.LoadLibrary("ScriptForge")
@@ -164,8 +164,8 @@
- Events mapping to objects
- See also Document events, Form events.
+ Events mapping to objects
+ See also Document events, Form events.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp
index c95d845ffc..28730b1768 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
GetGuiType function
-
GetGuiType Function
+
GetGuiType Function
Returns a numerical value that specifies the graphical user interface.This function is only provided for downward compatibility to previous versions. The return value is not defined in client-server environments.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132200.xhp
index b89a5d3cbf..298723d8d7 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132200.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
components;addressing
-
ThisComponent Object
+
ThisComponent Object
ThisComponent represents the current document in Basic macros. It addresses the active component whose properties can be read and set, and whose methods can be called. Properties and methods available through ThisComponent depend on the document type.see i60932
@@ -54,13 +54,13 @@
- com.sun.star.text.TextDocument API service
- com.sun.star.sheet.SpreadsheetDocument API service
- com.sun.star.presentation.PresentationDocument API service
- com.sun.star.drawing.DrawingDocument API service
- com.sun.star.formula.FormulaProperties API service
- com.sun.star.sdb.OfficeDatabaseDocument API service
- com.sun.star.document.OfficeDocument API service
+ com.sun.star.text.TextDocument API service
+ com.sun.star.sheet.SpreadsheetDocument API service
+ com.sun.star.presentation.PresentationDocument API service
+ com.sun.star.drawing.DrawingDocument API service
+ com.sun.star.formula.FormulaProperties API service
+ com.sun.star.sdb.OfficeDatabaseDocument API service
+ com.sun.star.document.OfficeDocument API service
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132300.xhp
index 0a490c7a38..80a2fa351c 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132300.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CreateUnoValue function
-CreateUnoValue Function
+CreateUnoValue FunctionReturns an object that represents a strictly typed value referring to the Uno type system. This object is automatically converted to an Any of the corresponding type when passed to Uno. The type must be specified by its fully qualified Uno type name.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132500.xhp
index f67ad05892..3e9dc1a790 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132500.xhp
@@ -36,6 +36,6 @@
GetDefaultContext FunctionReturns the default context of the process service factory, if existent, else returns a null reference.
-This function returns the default component context to be used, if instantiating services via XmultiServiceFactory. See the Professional UNO chapter in the Developer's Guide on api.libreoffice.org for more information.
+This function returns the default component context to be used, if instantiating services via XmultiServiceFactory. See the Professional UNO chapter in the Developer's Guide on api.libreoffice.org for more information.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140000.xhp
index 2b7426f536..f6949c2112 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140000.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-DDB Function [VBA]
+DDB Function [VBA]Returns the depreciation of an asset for a specified period using the arithmetic-declining method.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140001.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140001.xhp
index 1731bcc971..f9beee916e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140001.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140001.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-FV Function [VBA]
+FV Function [VBA]Returns the future value of an investment based on periodic, constant payments and a constant interest rate (Future Value).
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140002.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140002.xhp
index 9b47710a9b..da3fefd3b3 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140002.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140002.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-IPmt Function [VBA]
+IPmt Function [VBA]Calculates the periodic amortizement for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140003.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140003.xhp
index 8b1707e221..b9369e8fa9 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140003.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140003.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-IRR Function [VBA]
+IRR Function [VBA]Calculates the internal rate of return for an investment.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140004.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140004.xhp
index 18d65dd5a7..d721a8ecfd 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140004.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140004.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-MIRR Function [VBA]
+MIRR Function [VBA]Calculates the modified internal rate of return of a series of investments.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140005.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140005.xhp
index 488d46ec9f..6ae5c59eba 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140005.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140005.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-NPer Function [VBA]
+NPer Function [VBA]Calculates the number of periods for a loan or investment.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140006.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140006.xhp
index 94b4b9bbd9..d4d8826a7f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140006.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140006.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-NPV Function [VBA]
+NPV Function [VBA]Calculates the Net Present Value of an investment, based on a supplied discount rate, and a series of deposits and withdrawals.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140007.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140007.xhp
index 9d2e7001ed..adc5f8d181 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140007.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140007.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Pmt Function [VBA]
+Pmt Function [VBA]Calculates the constant periodic payments for a loan or investment.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140008.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140008.xhp
index c9694aa3e9..fb456d89e4 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140008.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140008.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-PPmt Function [VBA]
+PPmt Function [VBA]Returns for a given period the payment on the principal for an investment that is based on periodic and constant payments and a constant interest rate.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140009.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140009.xhp
index 2e8620daad..0ebc68f79a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140009.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140009.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-PV Function [VBA]
+PV Function [VBA]Returns the Present Value of an investment resulting from a series of regular payments.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140010.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140010.xhp
index f76bf540ed..79c2549369 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140010.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140010.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Rate Function [VBA]
+Rate Function [VBA]Returns the interest rate of a loan or an investment.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140011.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140011.xhp
index 6864384baa..b1ad830ee5 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140011.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140011.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-SLN Function [VBA]
+SLN Function [VBA]Returns the straight-line depreciation of an asset for one period. The amount of the depreciation is constant during the depreciation period.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140012.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140012.xhp
index 9ad42e26b7..def668171e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140012.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140012.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-SYD Function [VBA]
+SYD Function [VBA]Returns the arithmetic-declining depreciation rate.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp
index 01ed090735..0df50b1f69 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
FormatDateTime function
- FormatDateTime Function [VBA]
+ FormatDateTime Function [VBA]Applies a date and/or time format to a date expression and returns the result as a string.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp
index d3e0e20c84..117540e822 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
WeekdayName function
- WeekdayName Function [VBA]
+ WeekdayName Function [VBA]The WeekdayName function returns the weekday name of a specified day of the week.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150002.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150002.xhp
index 5516ab45ce..c93e2142c4 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150002.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150002.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
MonthName function
- MonthName Function [VBA]
+ MonthName Function [VBA]The MonthName function returns the localized month name of a specified month number.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03160000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03160000.xhp
index aa429b1511..00f31ec21a 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03160000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03160000.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
Input function
-
Input Function [VBA]
+
Input Function [VBA]
Returns the open stream of an Input or Binary file (String).
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170000.xhp
index 12f39aa4b1..9a20d0d66d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170000.xhp
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
Round function (VBA)
-
Round Function [VBA]
+
Round Function [VBA]
Rounds a numeric value to a specified number of decimal digits.
- This function implements the rounding rule known as "round-to-even". With this rule, whenever the difference between the number to be rounded and its nearest integer is equal to 0.5, the number is rounded to the nearest even number. See the examples below to learn more about this rule.
+ This function implements the rounding rule known as "round-to-even". With this rule, whenever the difference between the number to be rounded and its nearest integer is equal to 0.5, the number is rounded to the nearest even number. See the examples below to learn more about this rule.Be aware that VBA's Round function works differently than %PRODUCTNAME Calc's Round function. In Calc, if the difference between the number to be rounded and the nearest integer is exactly 0.5, then the number is rounded up. Hence, in Calc the number 2.5 is rounded to 3 whereas using VBA's Round function the value 2.5 is rounded to 2 due to the "round-to-even" rule.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170010.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170010.xhp
index 2202cd123c..c2e1a573c6 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170010.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170010.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
FormatNumber function
- FormatNumber [VBA]
+ FormatNumber [VBA]Returns a string with a number formatting applied to a numeric expression.
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
numDigitsAfterDecimal: Optional. A numeric value specifying the number of digits that should be displayed after the decimal. If omitted, it defaults to the value -1, meaning that the default settings for user interface locale should be used.
- includeLeadingDigit: Optional. A vbTriState enumeration value, specifying whether a leading zero should be displayed for fractional values.
+ includeLeadingDigit: Optional. A vbTriState enumeration value, specifying whether a leading zero should be displayed for fractional values.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
vbUseDefaults or -2: Use the user interface locale settings. This is the default when omitted.
- useParensForNegativeNumbers: Optional. A vbTriState enumeration value specifying whether negative numbers should be encased in parenthesis.
+ useParensForNegativeNumbers: Optional. A vbTriState enumeration value specifying whether negative numbers should be encased in parenthesis.vbTrue or -1: Use parenthesis for negative numbers.
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
- groupDigits: Optional. A vbTriState enumeration value specifying the number should be grouped (into thousands, etc.), using the group delimiter that is specified on the system's regional settings.
+ groupDigits: Optional. A vbTriState enumeration value specifying the number should be grouped (into thousands, etc.), using the group delimiter that is specified on the system's regional settings.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp
index f785cc03a6..605ea419ca 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
events;linked to objects
-Macro
+MacroChoose the macro that you want to execute when the selected graphic, frame, or OLE object is selected. Depending on the object that is selected, the function is either found on the Macro tab of the Object dialog, or in the Assign Macro dialog.Event
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/CallByName.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/CallByName.xhp
index 1933be2175..9c6b3410af 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/CallByName.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/CallByName.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
result: An optional variable that contains the result of the called method or property.
-object: A Basic module, ClassModule instance or UNO service holding properties or methods.
+object: A Basic module, ClassModule instance or UNO service holding properties or methods.ProcName: The Function, Sub or Property that is being called.CallType: The type of performed action such as Get, Let, Method and Set.arg0, arg1 …: The Function optional parameters given as positional arguments.
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
ScriptForge.Platform.Architecture information is retrieved.
- DisplayDirectory property of com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.FilePicker UNO service is set to the user home folder, its content is read twice.
+ DisplayDirectory property of com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.FilePicker UNO service is set to the user home folder, its content is read twice.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/Compiler_options.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/Compiler_options.xhp
index 675c1891ce..9562bb38b0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/Compiler_options.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/Compiler_options.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-
Compiler Options, Runtime Conditions
+
Compiler Options, Runtime Conditions
Compiler options specified at the module level affect %PRODUCTNAME Basic compiler checks and error messages. Basic syntax as well as Basic set of instructions can be different according to the options that are in use. The less Option, the easiest and tolerant %PRODUCTNAME Basic language is. The more Option, the richer and controlled Basic language gets.Compiler options must be specified before the executable program code in a module.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
Options specified at the module level also affect %PRODUCTNAME Basic runtime conditions. The behaviour of %PRODUCTNAME Basic instructions can differ.
- Property statement
+ Property statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/CreateUnoSvcWithArgs.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/CreateUnoSvcWithArgs.xhp
index c053307076..b8b5a458fd 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/CreateUnoSvcWithArgs.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/CreateUnoSvcWithArgs.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
CreateUnoServiceWithArguments functionAPI;FilePicker
-
CreateUnoServiceWithArguments Function
+
CreateUnoServiceWithArguments Function
Instantiates a UNO service with the ProcessServiceManager, including supplemental optional arguments.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
Arguments: One to many arguments that specify the instance of the service. Arguments are stored as a one dimensional array, according to their positions in the constructor method definition.An instance of the given UNO service name, otherwise Null value.
- For a list of available services, visit the com::sun::star Module reference page.
+ For a list of available services, visit the com::sun::star Module reference page.The com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.FilePicker example below displays a Save As dialog with two extra controls: a listbox and a checkbox.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
Array(options))End Sub ' FileSaveAsDialog
- UNO services have an extensive online documentation in the api.libreoffice.org website. Visit the FilePicker Service reference page to learn more about the methods provided by the service used in the example above.
+ UNO services have an extensive online documentation in the api.libreoffice.org website. Visit the FilePicker Service reference page to learn more about the methods provided by the service used in the example above.filepicker;API service
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
dds.signDocumentContent(storage, Null)End Sub ' SignCurrentDocDialog
-CreateWithVersion and createWithVersionAndValidSignature constructor methods in com.sun.star.security.DocumentDigitalSignatures UNO service indicate two different ways of instantiating this service with CreateUnoServiceWithArguments function.
+CreateWithVersion and createWithVersionAndValidSignature constructor methods in com.sun.star.security.DocumentDigitalSignatures UNO service indicate two different ways of instantiating this service with CreateUnoServiceWithArguments function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/ErrVBA.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/ErrVBA.xhp
index 1badcbf05c..5fe8be500d 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/ErrVBA.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/ErrVBA.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
Error;raisingError;handling
-
Err Object [VBA]
+
Err Object [VBA]
Use VBA Err object to raise or handle runtime errors.Err is a built-in VBA global object that allows:
@@ -37,11 +37,11 @@
Err.Description As String
- The Description property gives the nature of the error. Description details the various reasons that may be the cause of the error. Ideally, it provides the multiple course of actions to help solve the issue and prevent its reoccurrence. The Basic alias is the Error function for %PRODUCTNAME predefined errors.
+ The Description property gives the nature of the error. Description details the various reasons that may be the cause of the error. Ideally, it provides the multiple course of actions to help solve the issue and prevent its reoccurrence. The Basic alias is the Error function for %PRODUCTNAME predefined errors.Err.Number As Long
- The error code associated with the error. Err object default property is Number. The %PRODUCTNAME Basic alias is the Err function.
+ The error code associated with the error. Err object default property is Number. The %PRODUCTNAME Basic alias is the Err function.Err.Source As String
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@
Err.Clear()
- Resets description, Erl, number and source properties of current error. The %PRODUCTNAME Basic alias is the Resume statement.
+ Resets description, Erl, number and source properties of current error. The %PRODUCTNAME Basic alias is the Resume statement.Err.Raise(Number As Long, Optional source As String, Optional description As String)
- Throws user-defined errors or predefined errors. The %PRODUCTNAME Basic alias is the Error statement.
+ Throws user-defined errors or predefined errors. The %PRODUCTNAME Basic alias is the Error statement.
Parameters
Number: A user-defined or predefined error code to be raised.
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
End Sub
Exception ClassModule
- A short ClassModule, that wraps VBA Err object, can distribute Err properties and methods for standard %PRODUCTNAME Basic modules.
+ A short ClassModule, that wraps VBA Err object, can distribute Err properties and methods for standard %PRODUCTNAME Basic modules.Option ClassModuleOption VBASupport 1
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
Resume finallyEnd Sub
- The Error statement or an Exception-like class module can be used interchangeably, while the latter adds extra features.
+ The Error statement or an Exception-like class module can be used interchangeably, while the latter adds extra features.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/GetPathSeparator.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/GetPathSeparator.xhp
index 97b22e5768..fb5c6101ab 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/GetPathSeparator.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/GetPathSeparator.xhp
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
GetPathSeparator function
- GetPathSeparator Function
+ GetPathSeparator FunctionReturns the operating system-dependent directory separator used to specify file paths.
@@ -51,13 +51,13 @@
It is recommended to use:
- ConvertFromURL function to convert a file URL to a system file name.
+ ConvertFromURL function to convert a file URL to a system file name.
- ConvertToURL function to convert a system file name to a file URL.
+ ConvertToURL function to convert a system file name to a file URL.
- See also URL Notation
+ See also URL Notation
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/Resume.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/Resume.xhp
index fa9e60dcc0..8a67579478 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/Resume.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/Resume.xhp
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
Resume statement
-
Resume Statement
+
Resume Statement
Resets error information and indicates what to execute next.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/calc_functions.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/calc_functions.xhp
index fa495681fa..11ed299864 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/calc_functions.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/calc_functions.xhp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
API;sheet.addin.AnalysisAPI;sheet.FunctionAccess
-
Using Calc Functions in Macros
+
Using Calc Functions in Macros
In addition to the native BASIC functions, you can call Calc functions in your macros and scripts and set Calc functions in cell formulas.
Calling Internal Calc functions in Basic
Use the CreateUNOService function to access the com.sun.star.sheet.FunctionAccess service.
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
Calling Add-In Calc Functions in BASIC
- The Calc Add-In functions are in the UNO services com.sun.star.sheet.addin.Analysis, com.sun.star.sheet.addin.DateFunctions and com.sun.star.sheet.addin.PricingFunctions.
+ The Calc Add-In functions are in the UNO services com.sun.star.sheet.addin.Analysis, com.sun.star.sheet.addin.DateFunctions and com.sun.star.sheet.addin.PricingFunctions.REM Example calling Add-in function SQRTPI
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/classmodule.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/classmodule.xhp
index df14f9ad75..25b76fb590 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/classmodule.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/classmodule.xhp
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
-
Option ClassModule Statement
+
Option ClassModule Statement
Specifies that the module is a class module that contains members, properties, procedures and functions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/collection.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/collection.xhp
index 6652dc52de..79f57651b8 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/collection.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/collection.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Collection;Count
-
Collection Object
+
Collection Object
Collections can be used to store items of different types. Each item can be accessed by its index or by an optional key associated with it.A Collection object has the following methods:
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
Items in a Collection can be accessed either by their indices (as in a 1-based single-dimensional Array) or by their associated keys.
- The ScriptForge Dictionary service extends the Collection object by providing supplemental features as key retrieval and replacement, as well as import/export to Array objects and JSON strings.
+ The ScriptForge Dictionary service extends the Collection object by providing supplemental features as key retrieval and replacement, as well as import/export to Array objects and JSON strings.
Creating a Collection
To create a Collection use the New keyword. The following example creates a Collection object and populates it with three items:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatibilitymode.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatibilitymode.xhp
index f772f92c59..2b2f7d7bdf 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatibilitymode.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatibilitymode.xhp
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
VBA compatibility mode
-
CompatibilityMode() Function
+
CompatibilityMode() Function
CompatibilityMode() function controls or queries runtime mode. It affects all code executed after setting or resetting the runtime mode. Use this feature with caution, limit it to document conversion for example.
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
Enable: Sets or unsets new compatibility mode when the argument is present.
- CompatibilityMode function relates to Option VBASupport 1, in which case it always returns True. It is unrelated to Option Compatible compiler directive.
+ CompatibilityMode function relates to Option VBASupport 1, in which case it always returns True. It is unrelated to Option Compatible compiler directive.This function may affect or help in the following situations:
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
Running RmDir command in VBA mode. In VBA only empty directories are removed by RmDir while %PRODUCTNAME Basic removes a directory recursively.Changing behavior of Basic Dir command. The directory flag (16) for the Dir command means that only directories are returned in %PRODUCTNAME Basic, while in VBA normal files and directories are returned.
- Color components calculation with the Red and Blue functions which are interchanged (The Green function is not affected).
+ Color components calculation with the Red and Blue functions which are interchanged (The Green function is not affected).
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatible.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatible.xhp
index 271bd25114..136a53285f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatible.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatible.xhp
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
-
Option Compatible Statement
+
Option Compatible Statement
Option Compatible extends %PRODUCTNAME Basic compiler and runtime, allowing supplemental language constructs to Basic.
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
Allow special characters as identifiers. all characters that are defined as
letter in the Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1) character set, are accepted
as part of identifiers.
- Create VBA constants including non-printable characters.
+ Create VBA constants including non-printable characters.Allow the New operator to be optional in Dim statements.Allow default values for optional parameters in procedures.Use named arguments when multiple optional parameters exist.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/conventions.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/conventions.xhp
index 974db923a3..f022ebd38e 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/conventions.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/conventions.xhp
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
Statements syntax;How to readTypographical conventions
-
How to Read Syntax Diagrams and Statements
+
How to Read Syntax Diagrams and Statements
%PRODUCTNAME Basic statements use syntax diagrams and textual conventions that follow these typographical rules:%PRODUCTNAME Basic keywords or functions use proper casing: Call, DimArray, InputBox, Property.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/doEvents.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/doEvents.xhp
index 4176a62c3e..35c3e31957 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/doEvents.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/doEvents.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
DoEvents function
-
DoEvents Function
+
DoEvents Function
Transfers control to the operating system during macro execution, so that it can process the events in waiting.DoEvents provides compatibility with VBA. It always returns 0. Using it in %PRODUCTNAME is not necessary.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/enum.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/enum.xhp
index 5781585ae8..21f9b5c391 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/enum.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/enum.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
enumerations
-
Enum Statement [VBA]
+
Enum Statement [VBA]
Define enumerations or non UNO constant groups. An enumeration is a value list that facilitates programming and eases code logic review.
@@ -60,11 +60,11 @@
Print .MACINTOSH, .MOTIF, .OPENLOOK, .OS2PM, .W1ND0WSEnd With
- Enumerations can be extended to other data types using Type statement definitions. Calling Python Scripts from Basic illustrates that mechanism.
+ Enumerations can be extended to other data types using Type statement definitions. Calling Python Scripts from Basic illustrates that mechanism.
- Const statement, constants
- Option VBASupport statement
- With statement
+ Const statement, constants
+ Option VBASupport statement
+ With statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/fragments.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/fragments.xhp
index 9da8abd515..dd5b9dc83f 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/fragments.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/fragments.xhp
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@
-
Syntax fragments
+
Syntax fragments
%PRODUCTNAME Basic syntax fragments.
-
argument fragment
+
argument fragment
argument fragment{[Optional [ByRef|ByVal]]|ParamArray} argument {{As typename|char}[ = expression]|[()]As Variant}
@@ -34,12 +34,12 @@
typename: Primitive data type name. Library or module defined types can also be specified.= expression: Specify a default value for the argument, matching its declared type. Optional is necessary for each argument specifying a default value.ParamArray: Use ParamArray when the number of parameters is undetermined. A typical scenario is that of a Calc user-defined function. Using ParamArray should be limited to the last argument of a routine.
- UsingParamArray or = expression require Option Compatible to be placed before the executable program code in a module.
- When using Option VBASupport 1, Optional arguments with no default value (= expression) are initialized according to their data type, except if Variant.
+ UsingParamArray or = expression require Option Compatible to be placed before the executable program code in a module.
+ When using Option VBASupport 1, Optional arguments with no default value (= expression) are initialized according to their data type, except if Variant.
-
Tests if two Basic variables refer to the same object instance.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/keys.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/keys.xhp
index 5dfef6e6c6..ba0ecd9456 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/keys.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/keys.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
shortcut keys;Basic IDEIDE;keyboard shortcuts
-Keyboard Shortcuts in the Basic IDE
+Keyboard Shortcuts in the Basic IDEIn the Basic IDE you can use the following keyboard shortcuts:
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
-Add watch for the variable at the cursor.
+Add watch for the variable at the cursor.F7
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-Set or remove a breakpoint at the current line or all breakpoints in the current selection.
+Set or remove a breakpoint at the current line or all breakpoints in the current selection.F9
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0211.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0211.xhp
index ab420627d8..704f4848db 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0211.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0211.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- toolbars; Basic IDEmacro toolbarMacro Toolbar
+ toolbars; Basic IDEmacro toolbarMacro ToolbarThe Macro Toolbar contains commands to create, edit, and run macros.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp
index 523061c6fa..54872964aa 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp
@@ -29,11 +29,11 @@
-
%PRODUCTNAME Basic Help
+
%PRODUCTNAME Basic Help
-%PRODUCTNAME provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows controlling the $[officename] components with different programming languages by using the $[officename] Software Development Kit (SDK). For more information about the $[officename] API and the Software Development Kit, visit https://api.libreoffice.org
-This help section explains the most common functions of %PRODUCTNAME Basic. For more in-depth information please refer to the OpenOffice.org BASIC Programming Guide on the Wiki.
+%PRODUCTNAME provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows controlling the $[officename] components with different programming languages by using the $[officename] Software Development Kit (SDK). For more information about the $[officename] API and the Software Development Kit, visit https://api.libreoffice.org
+This help section explains the most common functions of %PRODUCTNAME Basic. For more in-depth information please refer to the OpenOffice.org BASIC Programming Guide on the Wiki.Working with %PRODUCTNAME Basic
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/new_keyword.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/new_keyword.xhp
index c6df340a40..3b51ea11f9 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/new_keyword.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/new_keyword.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
New Operator
-
New Operator
+
New Operator
Use the New operator to instantiate objects of user-defined types, as well as Uno services, structs and enumerations.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/partition.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/partition.xhp
index 617f0d806d..8099f860d1 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/partition.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/partition.xhp
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
Partition Function
-
Partition Function [VBA]
+
Partition Function [VBA]
Returns a string indicating where a number occurs within a calculated series of ranges.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/property.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/property.xhp
index 7a72e417ee..1552b251be 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/property.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/property.xhp
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
Property statement
-
Property Statement
+
Property Statement
A property, also called field or attribute, characterizes a given object or piece of information. Properties can be used to control access to data. It is common use to include instructions at setting or reading time of properties. Code can vary from simple assignment to complex context dependent routines. Using Get, Let or Set accessors enforces properties' consistency when necessary.
- This statement requires Option Compatible to be placed before the executable program code in a module.
+ This statement requires Option Compatible to be placed before the executable program code in a module.
@@ -115,11 +115,11 @@
End Property
- Subroutines basics
+ Subroutines basics
- End, Exit statements
+ End, Exit statements
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/replace.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/replace.xhp
index 091a2f0826..b6efd98a1c 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/replace.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/replace.xhp
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
Replace function
-
Replace Function
+
Replace Function
Replaces some string by another.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/stardesktop.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/stardesktop.xhp
index fec1efd764..ba735eb9d0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/stardesktop.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/stardesktop.xhp
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
API; Desktop
-
StarDesktop object
+
StarDesktop object
The StarDesktop object represents %PRODUCTNAME application. Some routines or user interface objects such as current window can be used via StarDesktop.
Example:
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/strconv.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/strconv.xhp
index e00a005e0f..9f596990e0 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/strconv.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/strconv.xhp
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
StrConv function
-
StrConv Function
+
StrConv Function
Convert a string as specified by a conversion type.
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
4
- Converts narrow (half-width) characters in Text to wide (full-width) characters.
+ Converts narrow (half-width) characters in Text to wide (full-width) characters.
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
8
- Converts wide (full-width) characters in Text to narrow (half-width) characters.
+ Converts wide (full-width) characters in Text to narrow (half-width) characters.
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
-LCID Optional. The Locale ID in decimal number. If this parameter is omitted, it assumes the system Locale ID. Refer to the file msi-encodinglist.txt for the available LCID values.
+LCID Optional. The Locale ID in decimal number. If this parameter is omitted, it assumes the system Locale ID. Refer to the file msi-encodinglist.txt for the available LCID values.Option VBASupport 1
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/thisdbdoc.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/thisdbdoc.xhp
index 8f4a1c61c8..abaaf7edc6 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/thisdbdoc.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/thisdbdoc.xhp
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@
ThisDatabaseDocumentAPI; Database document
-
ThisDatabaseDocument object
+
ThisDatabaseDocument object
ThisDatabaseDocument addresses the active Base document whose properties can be read and set, and whose methods can be called.
- ThisDatabaseDocument returns an object of type com.sun.star.sdb.XOfficeDatabaseDocument.
+ ThisDatabaseDocument returns an object of type com.sun.star.sdb.XOfficeDatabaseDocument.
@@ -43,9 +43,9 @@
- ThisComponent object
- com.sun.star.sdb.OfficeDatabaseDocument API service
- com.sun.star.document.OfficeDocument API service
+ ThisComponent object
+ com.sun.star.sdb.OfficeDatabaseDocument API service
+ com.sun.star.document.OfficeDocument API service
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/uno_objects.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/uno_objects.xhp
index 61ae8e60da..fa97690409 100644
--- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/uno_objects.xhp
+++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/uno_objects.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
UNO functions
-
UNO Objects, Functions and Services
+
UNO Objects, Functions and Services
Functions, objects and services of Unified Network Objects (UNO).
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
Active document Objects
The following objects can be used from the active document.
-
BasicLibraries Object
-
DialogLibraries Object
+
BasicLibraries Object
+
DialogLibraries Object
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
- %PRODUCTNAME provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows controlling the $[officename] components with different programming languages by using the $[officename] Software Development Kit (SDK). For more information about the $[officename] API and the Software Development Kit, visit https://api.libreoffice.org
+ %PRODUCTNAME provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows controlling the $[officename] components with different programming languages by using the $[officename] Software Development Kit (SDK). For more information about the $[officename] API and the Software Development Kit, visit https://api.libreoffice.org
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/01120000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/01120000.xhp
index 058adc0fbd..c6da1a179c 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/01120000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/01120000.xhp
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
To exit the print preview, click the Close Preview button.
-Page View Object Bar
+Page View Object Bar
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp
index f566781ee6..29273ce44d 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
-
Navigator
-Activates and deactivates the Navigator. The Navigator is a dockable window.
+
Navigator
+Activates and deactivates the Navigator. The Navigator is a dockable window.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
Scenarios
-Displays all available scenarios. Double-click a name to apply that scenario. The result is shown in the sheet. For more information, choose Tools - Scenarios.
+Displays all available scenarios. Double-click a name to apply that scenario. The result is shown in the sheet. For more information, choose Tools - Scenarios.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02120000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02120000.xhp
index 53214c2153..bd399d1dc9 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02120000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02120000.xhp
@@ -27,10 +27,10 @@
-Headers & Footers
+Headers & FootersAllows you to define and format headers and footers.
-The Headers/Footers dialog contains the tabs for defining headers and footers. There will be separate tabs for the left and right page headers and footers if the Same content left/right option was not marked in the Page Style dialog.
+The Headers/Footers dialog contains the tabs for defining headers and footers. There will be separate tabs for the left and right page headers and footers if the Same content left/right option was not marked in the Page Style dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp
index 7ca98d2725..003fd53772 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
-Header/Footer
+Header/FooterDefines or formats a header or footer for a Page Style.
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
Select a predefined header or footer from the list.Text attributes
- Opens a dialog to assign formats to new or selected text. The Text Attributes dialog contains the tab pages Font, Font Effects and Font Position.
+ Opens a dialog to assign formats to new or selected text. The Text Attributes dialog contains the tab pages Font, Font Effects and Font Position.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140000.xhp
index 50893fb3be..010bbb7d15 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140000.xhp
@@ -32,27 +32,27 @@
filling;selection listsselection lists;filling cellsMW inserted 2 index entries
-Fill
+FillAutomatically fills cells with content.
- The $[officename] Calc context menus have additional options for filling the cells.
+ The $[officename] Calc context menus have additional options for filling the cells.
- Sheet
+ Sheet
- Series
+ SeriesFilling cells using context menus:
- Call the context menu when positioned in a cell and choose Selection List.
+ Call the context menu when positioned in a cell and choose Selection List.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140100.xhp
index aef7a17d6a..2ea089ddee 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140100.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Down
+DownFills a selected range of at least two rows with the contents of the top cell of the range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140200.xhp
index a05a478d37..edbb6de4b0 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140200.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Right
+RightFills a selected range of at least two columns with the contents of the left most cell.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140300.xhp
index a5db87e3e2..44695cdc2c 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140300.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Up
+UpFills a selected range of at least two rows with the contents of the bottom most cell.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140400.xhp
index a96720e8e4..b109492336 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140400.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Left
+LeftFills a selected range of at least two columns with the contents of the far right cell.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140500.xhp
index c3888d425b..f63102b898 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140500.xhp
@@ -48,6 +48,6 @@
Click OK.
- This dialog is similar to the Paste Special dialog, where you can find additional tips.
+ This dialog is similar to the Paste Special dialog, where you can find additional tips.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp
index dd185bef77..828278ad07 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
After selecting at least one cell, deletes the entire column from the sheet.
- Deleting Contents
+ Deleting Contents
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02190000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02190000.xhp
index 2e42de1b25..e076a34daf 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02190000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02190000.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Delete Page Break
+Delete Page BreakChoose the type of page break that you want to delete.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02190100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02190100.xhp
index 7c62fa6021..a5410f226b 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02190100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02190100.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
row breaks; deletingMW deleted "removing;..." and changed "deleting;...!
-Row Break
+Row BreakRemoves the manual row break above the active cell.Position the cursor in a cell directly below the row break indicated by a horizontal line and choose Sheet - Delete Page Break - Row Break. The manual row break is removed.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02190200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02190200.xhp
index eccab059f9..0b7ed13642 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02190200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02190200.xhp
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
- Column Break
+ Column BreakRemoves a manual column break to the left of the active cell.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02200000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02200000.xhp
index a8cb4735b5..83d0bacb08 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02200000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02200000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Sheet
+SheetEdit commands for entire sheets.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02220000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02220000.xhp
index 7ee9f7e6b3..cba783f834 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/02220000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02220000.xhp
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
sheet; search and go to
-
Go to Sheet
+
Go to Sheet
Go to a specified sheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/03070000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/03070000.xhp
index a9ef012f31..451ec69220 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/03070000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/03070000.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
-Column & Row Headers
+Column & Row HeadersShows column headers and row headers.
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
- You can also set the view of the column and row headers in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View.
+ You can also set the view of the column and row headers in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/03080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/03080000.xhp
index e51a759136..8956912db9 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/03080000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/03080000.xhp
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
-Value Highlighting
+Value HighlightingDisplays cell contents in different colors, depending on type.To remove the highlighting, unmark the menu entry.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/03090000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/03090000.xhp
index 1ced423ed1..a7b4c13ea5 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/03090000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/03090000.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
-Formula Bar
+Formula BarShows or hides the Formula Bar, which is used for entering and editing formulas. The Formula Bar is the most important tool when working with spreadsheets.To hide the Formula Bar, unmark the menu item.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp
index 8228e4b20a..c7feaea92c 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Page Break View
+Page Break ViewDisplay the page breaks and print ranges in the sheet. Choose View - Normal to switch this mode off.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04010000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04010000.xhp
index 00344263a6..ea3759e68a 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04010000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04010000.xhp
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@
page breaks; inserting in spreadsheetsmw changed "page breaks;..."
-Insert Page Break
+Insert Page BreakThis command inserts manual row or column breaks to ensure that your data prints properly. You can insert a horizontal page break above, or a vertical page break to the left of, the active cell.
-Choose Sheet - Delete Page Break to remove breaks created manually.
+Choose Sheet - Delete Page Break to remove breaks created manually.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04010100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04010100.xhp
index c6c8824b6a..d5ff3f05f7 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04010100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04010100.xhp
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
manual row breaks
-Row Break
+Row BreakInserts a row break (horizontal page break) above the selected cell.The manual row break is indicated by a dark blue horizontal line.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04010200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04010200.xhp
index c2f81fbd4d..e680326078 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04010200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04010200.xhp
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
manual column breaks
-Column Break
+Column BreakInserts a column break (vertical page break) to the left of the active cell.The manual column break is indicated by a dark blue vertical line.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp
index 3d9ccd2dd0..45d80c09dc 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
Insert CellsOpens the Insert Cells dialog, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify.
- You can delete cells by choosing Edit - Delete Cells.
+ You can delete cells by choosing Edit - Delete Cells.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp
index 367ad26d49..6772cb7be2 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
-Insert Rows
+Insert RowsInsert rows above or below the active cell. The number of rows inserted corresponds to the number of rows selected. If no row is selected, one row is inserted. The existing rows are moved downward.Rows Above
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp
index f51d1311fc..0a6e280741 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
-Insert Columns
+Insert ColumnsInserts columns to the left or to the right of the active cell. The number of columns inserted corresponds to the number of columns selected. If no column is selected, one column is inserted. The existing columns are moved to the right.Columns Before
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp
index 4fad66a05d..91b457e60e 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-
Function
+
Function
Opens the Function Wizard, which helps you to interactively create formulas.Before you start the Wizard, select a cell or a range of cells from the current sheet, in order to determine the position at which the formula will be inserted.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
Category
Lists all the categories to which the different functions are assigned. Select a category to view the appropriate functions in the list field below. Select "All" to view all functions in alphabetical order, irrespective of category. "Last Used" lists the functions you have most recently used.
-You can browse the full List of Categories and Functions.
+You can browse the full List of Categories and Functions.
Function
Displays the functions found under the selected category. Double-click to select a function. A single-click displays a short function description.
@@ -64,11 +64,11 @@
The Array option is identical to the CommandCtrl+Shift+Enter command, which is used to enter and confirm formulas in the sheet. The formula is inserted as a matrix formula indicated by two braces: { }.The maximum size of an array range is 128 by 128 cells.
Argument Input Fields
-When you double-click a function, the argument input field(s) appear on the right side of the dialog. To select a cell reference as an argument, click directly into the cell, or drag across the required range on the sheet while holding down the mouse button. You can also enter numerical and other values or references directly into the corresponding fields in the dialog. When using date entries, make sure you use the correct format. Click OK to insert the result into the spreadsheet.
+When you double-click a function, the argument input field(s) appear on the right side of the dialog. To select a cell reference as an argument, click directly into the cell, or drag across the required range on the sheet while holding down the mouse button. You can also enter numerical and other values or references directly into the corresponding fields in the dialog. When using date entries, make sure you use the correct format. Click OK to insert the result into the spreadsheet.
Function Result
-As soon you enter arguments in the function, the result is calculated. This preview informs you if the calculation can be carried out with the arguments given. If the arguments result in an error, the corresponding error code is displayed.
+As soon you enter arguments in the function, the result is calculated. This preview informs you if the calculation can be carried out with the arguments given. If the arguments result in an error, the corresponding error code is displayed.The required arguments are indicated by names in bold print.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp
index d5aa76ba55..138ebcd90a 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp
@@ -29,32 +29,32 @@
categories of functionslist of functionsMW deleted "Calc functions"
-
Functions by Category
+
Functions by Category
This section describes the functions of $[officename] Calc. The various functions are divided into categories in the Function Wizard.
-
Database
+
Database
- Date & Time
+ Date & Time
- Financial
+ Financial
- Information
+ Information
-
Logical
+
Logical
- Mathematical
+ Mathematical
- Array
+ Array
- Statistical
+ Statistical
- Spreadsheet
+ Spreadsheet
- Text
+ Text
- Add-in
+ Add-in
- Operators
+ Operators
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060101.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060101.xhp
index 543c76bed5..3e460b4e69 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060101.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060101.xhp
@@ -96,12 +96,12 @@
Search criteria are entered into the cells of the second and subsequent rows of the SearchCriteria area, below the row containing headings. Blank cells within the SearchCriteria area are ignored.Create criteria in the cells of the SearchCriteria area using the comparison operators <, <=, =, <>, >=, and >. = is assumed if a cell is not empty but does not start with a comparison operator.If you write several criteria in one row, they are connected by AND. If you write several criteria in different rows, they are connected by OR.
- Criteria can be created using wildcards, providing that wildcards have been enabled via the option on the dialog. When interoperability with Microsoft Excel is important for your spreadsheet, this option should be enabled.
- Even more powerful criteria can be created using regular expressions, providing that regular expressions have been enabled via the option on the dialog.
+ Criteria can be created using wildcards, providing that wildcards have been enabled via the option on the dialog. When interoperability with Microsoft Excel is important for your spreadsheet, this option should be enabled.
+ Even more powerful criteria can be created using regular expressions, providing that regular expressions have been enabled via the option on the dialog.
- Another setting that affects how the search criteria are handled is the option on the dialog. This option controls whether the search criteria you set for the Database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When interoperability with Microsoft Excel is important for your spreadsheet, this option should be enabled.
+ Another setting that affects how the search criteria are handled is the option on the dialog. This option controls whether the search criteria you set for the Database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When interoperability with Microsoft Excel is important for your spreadsheet, this option should be enabled.
Examples of Database Function Use
The following table provides an example database table that is utilized to demonstrate how to use the functions in the Database category. The cell range A1:E10 contains fictitious information about the guests invited to Joe's birthday party. The following information is given for each guest - name, school grade, age in years, distance to school in meters, and weight in kilograms.
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@
- This simple example shows the use of wildcards. For this example to work as intended, select to enable wildcards at . With the above example database table and this search criteria area, insert the formula =DCOUNT(A1:E10;;A12:A13) into an empty cell elsewhere in the sheet to count how many of Joe’s guests have names that begin with the letter “F”. The value 1 is returned (counting Frank).
+ This simple example shows the use of wildcards. For this example to work as intended, select to enable wildcards at . With the above example database table and this search criteria area, insert the formula =DCOUNT(A1:E10;;A12:A13) into an empty cell elsewhere in the sheet to count how many of Joe’s guests have names that begin with the letter “F”. The value 1 is returned (counting Frank).
Example 6
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@
- This simple example shows the use of regular expressions. For this example to work as intended, select to enable regular expressions at . With the above example database table and this search criteria area, insert the formula =DCOUNT(A1:E10;;A12:A13) into an empty cell elsewhere in the sheet to count how many of Joe’s guests have names that begin with the letters “A”, “B”, or “C”. The value 3 is returned (counting Andy, Betty, and Charles).
+ This simple example shows the use of regular expressions. For this example to work as intended, select to enable regular expressions at . With the above example database table and this search criteria area, insert the formula =DCOUNT(A1:E10;;A12:A13) into an empty cell elsewhere in the sheet to count how many of Joe’s guests have names that begin with the letters “A”, “B”, or “C”. The value 3 is returned (counting Andy, Betty, and Charles).
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060103.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060103.xhp
index 0de3bb2d8c..056e0b3526 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060103.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060103.xhp
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@
IRR
Calculates the internal rate of return for an investment. The values represent cash flow values at regular intervals, at least one value must be negative (payments), and at least one value must be positive (income).
- If the payments take place at irregular intervals, use the XIRR function.
+ If the payments take place at irregular intervals, use the XIRR function.IRR(Values [; Guess])
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@
Under the assumption that cell contents are A1=-10000, A2=3500, A3=7600 and A4=1000, the formula =IRR(A1:A4) gives a result of 11,33%.
- Because of the iterative method used, it is possible for IRR to fail and return Error 523, with "Error: Calculation does not converge" in the status bar. In that case, try another value for Guess.
+ Because of the iterative method used, it is possible for IRR to fail and return Error 523, with "Error: Calculation does not converge" in the status bar. In that case, try another value for Guess.calculating; interests for unchanged amortization installments
@@ -730,8 +730,8 @@
=ISPMT(1%;18;24;120000) = -300 currency units. The monthly interest after 1.5 years amounts to 300 currency units.
-Financial Functions Part Two
- Financial Functions Part Three
+Financial Functions Part Two
+ Financial Functions Part Three
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp
index 8ff3017000..17ddd9643c 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
-
Mathematical Functions
-This category contains the Mathematical functions for Calc. To open the Function Wizard, choose Insert - Function.
+
Mathematical Functions
+This category contains the Mathematical functions for Calc. To open the Function Wizard, choose Insert - Function.
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@
-
TRUNC
+
TRUNC
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@
Coefficients is a series of coefficients. For each coefficient the series sum is extended by one section.=SERIESSUM(A1; 0; 1; {1; 2; 3}) calculates the value of 1+2x+3x2, where x is the value in cell A1. If A1 contains 1, the formula returns 6; if A1 contains 2, the formula returns 17; if A1 contains 3, the formula returns 34; and so on.
-Refer to the SERIESSUM wiki page for more details about this function.
+Refer to the SERIESSUM wiki page for more details about this function.
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@
-
ROUNDDOWN
+
ROUNDDOWN
@@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@
=CONVERT_OOO(100;"ATS";"EUR") returns the euro value of 100 Austrian schillings.=CONVERT_OOO(100;"EUR";"DEM") converts 100 euros into German marks.
-Refer to the CONVERT_OOO wiki page for more details about this function.
+Refer to the CONVERT_OOO wiki page for more details about this function.
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@
Returns an non-volatile integer random number in a specified range.RANDBETWEEN.NV(Bottom; Top)
-Returns an non-volatile integer random number between integers Bottom and Top (both inclusive). A non-volatile function is not recalculated at new input events or pressing F9. However, the function is recalculated when pressing F9 with the cursor on the cell containing the function, when opening the file, when using the command (Shift+CommandCtrl+F9) and when Top or Bottom are recalculated.
+Returns an non-volatile integer random number between integers Bottom and Top (both inclusive). A non-volatile function is not recalculated at new input events or pressing F9. However, the function is recalculated when pressing F9 with the cursor on the cell containing the function, when opening the file, when using the command (Shift+CommandCtrl+F9) and when Top or Bottom are recalculated.=RANDBETWEEN.NV(20;30) returns a non-volatile integer between 20 and 30.=RANDBETWEEN.NV(A1;30) returns a non-volatile integer between the value of cell A1 and 30. The function is recalculated when the contents of cell A1 change.
@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@
Returns a non-volatile random number between 0 and 1.RAND.NV()
-This function produces a non-volatile random number on input. A non-volatile function is not recalculated at new input events. The function does not recalculate when pressing F9, except when the cursor is on the cell containing the function or using the command (Shift+CommandCtrl+F9). The function is recalculated when opening the file.
+This function produces a non-volatile random number on input. A non-volatile function is not recalculated at new input events. The function does not recalculate when pressing F9, except when the cursor is on the cell containing the function or using the command (Shift+CommandCtrl+F9). The function is recalculated when opening the file.=RAND.NV() returns a non-volatile random number between 0 and 1.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp
index dad50459e3..08eabd6926 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
forced array handlingmw deleted "creating;"
-
Array Functions
+
Array Functions
This category contains the array functions.
What is an Array?
An array is a linked range of cells on a spreadsheet containing values. A square range of 3 rows and 3 columns is a 3 x 3 array:
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
In addition to multiplication, you can also use other operators on the reference range (an array). With $[officename] Calc, you can add (+), subtract (-), multiply (*), divide (/), use exponents (^), concatenation (&) and comparisons (=, <>, <, >, <=, >=). The operators can be used on each individual value in the cell range and return the result as an array if the array formula was entered.Comparison operators in an array formula treat empty cells in the same way as in a normal formula, that is, either as zero or as an empty string. For example, if cells A1 and A2 are empty the array formulas {=A1:A2=""} and {=A1:A2=0} will both return a 1 column 2 row array of cells containing TRUE.
When do you use array formulas?
- Use array formulas if you have to repeat calculations using different values. If you decide to change the calculation method later, you only have to update the array formula. To add an array formula, select the entire array range and then make the required change to the array formula.
+ Use array formulas if you have to repeat calculations using different values. If you decide to change the calculation method later, you only have to update the array formula. To add an array formula, select the entire array range and then make the required change to the array formula.Array formulas are also a space saving option when several values must be calculated, since they are not very memory-intensive. In addition, arrays are an essential tool for carrying out complex calculations, because you can have several cell ranges included in your calculations. $[officename] has different math functions for arrays, such as the MMULT function for multiplying two arrays or the SUMPRODUCT function for calculating the scalar products of two arrays.
Using Array Formulas in $[officename] Calc
Implicit intersection of array formulas
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
Select the cell range or array containing the array formula. To select the whole array, position the cell cursor inside the array range, then press CommandCtrl + /, where / is the division key on the numeric keypad.
- Press Delete to delete the array contents, including the array formula, or press Backspace and this brings up the Delete Contents dialog box. Select Formula or Delete All and click OK.
+ Press Delete to delete the array contents, including the array formula, or press Backspace and this brings up the Delete Contents dialog box. Select Formula or Delete All and click OK.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060108.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060108.xhp
index 4246cc6be4..89fab68807 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060108.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060108.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
Function Wizard; statisticsfunctions; statistics functions
-
Statistics Functions
+
Statistics Functions
This category contains the Statistics functions.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp
index 99e061ae0c..77d68eddb8 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
ERRORTYPE
- Returns the number corresponding to an error value occurring in a different cell. With the aid of this number, you can generate an error message text.
+ Returns the number corresponding to an error value occurring in a different cell. With the aid of this number, you can generate an error message text.The Status Bar displays the predefined error code from %PRODUCTNAME if you click the cell containing the error.
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
COLUMN
- Returns the column number of a cell reference. If the reference is a cell the column number of the cell is returned; if the parameter is a cell area, the corresponding column numbers are returned in a single-row array if the formula is entered as an array formula. If the COLUMN function with an area reference parameter is not used for an array formula, only the column number of the first cell within the area is determined.
+ Returns the column number of a cell reference. If the reference is a cell the column number of the cell is returned; if the parameter is a cell area, the corresponding column numbers are returned in a single-row array if the formula is entered as an array formula. If the COLUMN function with an area reference parameter is not used for an array formula, only the column number of the first cell within the area is determined.COLUMN([Reference])
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@
LOOKUP
- Returns the contents of a cell either from a one-row or one-column range. Optionally, the assigned value (of the same index) is returned in a different column and row. As opposed to VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP, search and result vector may be at different positions; they do not have to be adjacent. Additionally, the search vector for the LOOKUP must be sorted ascending, otherwise the search will not return any usable results.
+ Returns the contents of a cell either from a one-row or one-column range. Optionally, the assigned value (of the same index) is returned in a different column and row. As opposed to VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP, search and result vector may be at different positions; they do not have to be adjacent. Additionally, the search vector for the LOOKUP must be sorted ascending, otherwise the search will not return any usable results.If LOOKUP cannot find the search criterion, it matches the largest value in the search vector that is less than or equal to the search criterion.
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
HLOOKUP(Lookup; Array; Index [; SortedRangeLookup])
- For an explanation on the parameters, see: VLOOKUP (columns and rows are exchanged)
+ For an explanation on the parameters, see: VLOOKUP (columns and rows are exchanged)Suppose we have built a small database table occupying the cell range A1:DO4 and containing basic information about 118 chemical elements. The first column contains the row headings “Element”, “Symbol”, “Atomic Number”, and “Relative Atomic Mass”. Subsequent columns contain the relevant information for each of the elements, ordered left to right by atomic number. For example, cells B1:B4 contain “Hydrogen”, “H”, “1” and “1.008”, while cells DO1:DO4 contain “Oganesson”, “Og”, “118”, and “294”.
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@
ROW
- Returns the row number of a cell reference. If the reference is a cell, it returns the row number of the cell. If the reference is a cell range, it returns the corresponding row numbers in a one-column Array if the formula is entered as an array formula. If the ROW function with a range reference is not used in an array formula, only the row number of the first range cell will be returned.
+ Returns the row number of a cell reference. If the reference is a cell, it returns the row number of the cell. If the reference is a cell range, it returns the corresponding row numbers in a one-column Array if the formula is entered as an array formula. If the ROW function with a range reference is not used in an array formula, only the row number of the first range cell will be returned.ROW([Reference])
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060110.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060110.xhp
index 1d63e12398..20bff1be7c 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060110.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060110.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-
Text Functions
+
Text Functions
This section contains descriptions of the Text functions.
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
decimal system; converting to
BASE
-Converts a positive integer to a specified base into a text from the numbering system. The digits 0-9 and the letters A-Z are used.
+Converts a positive integer to a specified base into a text from the numbering system. The digits 0-9 and the letters A-Z are used.BASE(Number; Radix [; MinimumLength])
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
=BASE(255;16;4) returns 00FF in the hexadecimal system.
-DECIMAL
+DECIMAL
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
DECIMAL
-Converts text that represents a number in a numeral system with the given base radix to a positive integer. The radix must be in the range 2 to 36. Spaces and tabs are ignored. The Text field is not case-sensitive.
+Converts text that represents a number in a numeral system with the given base radix to a positive integer. The radix must be in the range 2 to 36. Spaces and tabs are ignored. The Text field is not case-sensitive.If the radix is 16, a leading x or X or 0x or 0X, and an appended h or H, are disregarded. If the radix is 2, an appended b or B is disregarded. Other characters that do not belong to the numeral system generate an error.
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
=DECIMAL("FACE";16) returns 64206.=DECIMAL("0101";2) returns 5.
-BASE
+BASE
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
DOLLAR
-Converts a number to a string representing the amount in the currency format, rounded to a specified decimal places, using the decimal separator that corresponds to the current locale setting. In the Value field enter the number to be converted. Optionally, you may enter the number of decimal places in the Decimals field. If no value is specified, all numbers in currency format will be displayed with two decimal places.
+Converts a number to a string representing the amount in the currency format, rounded to a specified decimal places, using the decimal separator that corresponds to the current locale setting. In the Value field enter the number to be converted. Optionally, you may enter the number of decimal places in the Decimals field. If no value is specified, all numbers in currency format will be displayed with two decimal places.You set the currency format in your system settings.
@@ -302,9 +302,9 @@
FIXED(Number; [Decimals = 2 [; NoThousandsSeparators = FALSE]])
-Number is rounded to Decimals places (after the decimal separator) and the result formatted as text, using locale-specific settings.
+Number is rounded to Decimals places (after the decimal separator) and the result formatted as text, using locale-specific settings.Decimals (optional) refers to the number of decimal places to be displayed. If Decimals is negative, Number is rounded to ABS(Decimals) places to the left from the decimal point. If Decimals is a fraction, it is truncated actually ignoring what is the closest integer.
-NoThousandsSeparators (optional) determines whether the thousands separator is used. If it is TRUE or non-zero, then group separators are omitted from the resulting string. If the parameter is equal to 0 or if it is missing altogether, the thousands separators of your current locale setting are displayed.
+NoThousandsSeparators (optional) determines whether the thousands separator is used. If it is TRUE or non-zero, then group separators are omitted from the resulting string. If the parameter is equal to 0 or if it is missing altogether, the thousands separators of your current locale setting are displayed.=FIXED(1234567.89;3) returns 1,234,567.890 as a text string.
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
-
LEFTB
+
LEFTB
Returns the first characters of a DBCS text.
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
-
LENB
+
LENB
For double-byte character set (DBCS) languages, returns the number of bytes used to represent the characters in a text string.
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@
-
MIDB
+
MIDB
Returns a text string of a DBCS text. The parameters specify the starting position and the number of characters.
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
REPLACE
-Replaces part of a text string with a different text string. This function can be used to replace both characters and numbers (which are automatically converted to text). The result of the function is always displayed as text. If you intend to perform further calculations with a number which has been replaced by text, you will need to convert it back to a number using the VALUE function.
+Replaces part of a text string with a different text string. This function can be used to replace both characters and numbers (which are automatically converted to text). The result of the function is always displayed as text. If you intend to perform further calculations with a number which has been replaced by text, you will need to convert it back to a number using the VALUE function.Any text containing numbers must be enclosed in quotation marks if you do not want it to be interpreted as a number and automatically converted to text.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
=REPT("Good morning";2) returns Good morningGood morning.
-Refer to the REPT wiki page for more details about this function.
+Refer to the REPT wiki page for more details about this function.
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@
-
RIGHTB
+
RIGHTB
Returns the last character or characters of a text with double bytes characters sets (DBCS).
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@
=TEXT(12.34567;"000.00") returns the text 012.35=TEXT("xyz";"=== @ ===") returns the text === xyz ===
-See also Number format codes: custom format codes defined by the user.
+See also Number format codes: custom format codes defined by the user.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060111.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060111.xhp
index d50288c05a..89b70e5710 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060111.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060111.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
functions; add-in functionsFunction Wizard; add-ins
-
Add-in Functions
+
Add-in Functions
The following describes and lists some of the available add-in functions.
Add-in concept
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
ORG.OPENOFFICE.ROT13
-Refer to the ROT13 wiki page for more details about this function.
+Refer to the ROT13 wiki page for more details about this function.DAYSINYEAR function
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
Add-ins through %PRODUCTNAME API
-Add-ins can also be implemented through the %PRODUCTNAME API.
+Add-ins can also be implemented through the %PRODUCTNAME API.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp
index 5a80424b38..42cfa5ec52 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
add-ins; for programmingmw made "external..." a one level entry and deleted one "functions;..." entry
Add-in for Programming in $[officename] Calc
-The method of extending Calc by Add-Ins that is described in the following is outdated. The interfaces are still valid and supported, to ensure compatibility with existing Add-Ins, but for programming new Add-Ins you should use the new API functions.
+The method of extending Calc by Add-Ins that is described in the following is outdated. The interfaces are still valid and supported, to ensure compatibility with existing Add-Ins, but for programming new Add-Ins you should use the new API functions.$[officename] Calc can be expanded by Add-Ins, which are external programming modules providing additional functions for working with spreadsheets. These are listed in the Function Wizard in the Add-In category. If you would like to program an Add-In yourself, you can learn here which functions must be exported by the shared library
external DLL so that the Add-In can be successfully attached.$[officename] searches the Add-in folder defined in the configuration for a suitable shared library
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
Functions of Shared Library
AddIn DLL
-At a minimum, the administrative functions GetFunctionCount and GetFunctionData must exist. Using these, the functions as well as parameter types and return values can be determined. As return values, the Double and String types are supported. As parameters, additionally the cell areas Double Array, String Array, and Cell Array are supported.
+At a minimum, the administrative functions GetFunctionCount and GetFunctionData must exist. Using these, the functions as well as parameter types and return values can be determined. As return values, the Double and String types are supported. As parameters, additionally the cell areas Double Array, String Array, and Cell Array are supported.Parameters are passed using references. Therefore, a change of these values is basically possible. However, this is not supported in $[officename] Calc because it does not make sense within spreadsheets.Libraries can be reloaded during runtime and their contents can be analyzed by the administrative functions. For each function, information is available about count and type of parameters, internal and external function names and an administrative number.The functions are called synchronously and return their results immediately. Real time functions (asynchronous functions) are also possible; however, they are not explained in detail because of their complexity.
@@ -115,9 +115,9 @@
DLL functions, the following applies:void CALLTYPE fn(out, in1, in2, ...)Output: Resulting value
-Input: Any number of types (double&, char*, double*, char**, Cell area), where the Cell area is an array of types double array, string array, or cell array.
+Input: Any number of types (double&, char*, double*, char**, Cell area), where the Cell area is an array of types double array, string array, or cell array.
GetFunctionCount()
-Returns the number of functions without the management functions of the reference parameter. Each function has a unique number between 0 and nCount-1. This number will be needed for the GetFunctionData and GetParameterDescription functions later.
+Returns the number of functions without the management functions of the reference parameter. Each function has a unique number between 0 and nCount-1. This number will be needed for the GetFunctionData and GetParameterDescription functions later.Syntax
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060115.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060115.xhp
index f62e4d2a26..132158c5b4 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060115.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060115.xhp
@@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
analysis functions
-
Add-in Functions, List of Analysis Functions Part One
-The Add-in functions are supplied by the UNO com.sun.star.sheet.addin.Analysis service.
+
Add-in Functions, List of Analysis Functions Part One
+The Add-in functions are supplied by the UNO com.sun.star.sheet.addin.Analysis service.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060116.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060116.xhp
index ad42560a01..6d78842f42 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060116.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060116.xhp
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
imaginary numbers in analysis functionscomplex numbers in analysis functions
-
Add-in Functions, List of Analysis Functions Part Two
-The Add-in functions are supplied by the UNO com.sun.star.sheet.addin.Analysis service.
+
Add-in Functions, List of Analysis Functions Part Two
+The Add-in functions are supplied by the UNO com.sun.star.sheet.addin.Analysis service.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp
index f2f89d146d..070d3cec57 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
XIRR
Calculates the internal rate of return for a list of payments which take place on different dates. The calculation is based on a 365 days per year basis, ignoring leap years.
-If the payments take place at regular intervals, use the IRR function.
+If the payments take place at regular intervals, use the IRR function.XIRR(Values; Dates [; Guess])
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
XNPV
Calculates the capital value (net present value) for a list of payments which take place on different dates. The calculation is based on a 365 days per year basis, ignoring leap years.
-If the payments take place at regular intervals, use the NPV function.
+If the payments take place at regular intervals, use the NPV function.XNPV(Rate; Values; Dates)
@@ -598,8 +598,8 @@
=NPER(6%;153.75;2600) = -12,02. The payment period covers 12.02 periods.
-Back to Financial Functions Part One
-Back to Financial Functions Part Two
+Back to Financial Functions Part One
+Back to Financial Functions Part Two
-
Statistical Functions Part Two
+
Statistical Functions Part Two
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
mu is the known mean of the population.
Sigma (optional) is the known standard deviation of the population. If omitted, the standard deviation of the given sample is used.
- See also the Wiki page.
+ See also the Wiki page.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060183.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060183.xhp
index 41b9d69ea4..c13d0a6fed 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060183.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060183.xhp
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-
Statistical Functions Part Three
+
Statistical Functions Part Three
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
LARGE(Data; RankC)Data is the cell range of data.
-RankC is the ranking of the value. If RankC is an array, the function becomes an array function.
+RankC is the ranking of the value. If RankC is an array, the function becomes an array function.=LARGE(A1:C50;2) gives the second largest value in A1:C50.
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
SMALL(Data; RankC)Data is the cell range of data.
-RankC is the rank of the value. If RankC is an array, the function becomes an array function.
+RankC is the rank of the value. If RankC is an array, the function becomes an array function.=SMALL(A1:C50;2) gives the second smallest value in A1:C50.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060184.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060184.xhp
index c3fb40e191..b4e35cbcc6 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060184.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060184.xhp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@
=WEIBULL(2;1;1;1) returns 0.86.
- See also the Wiki page.
+ See also the Wiki page.
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@
=WEIBULL.DIST(2;1;1;1) returns 0.8646647168.
- See also the Wiki page.
+ See also the Wiki page.COM.MICROSOFT.WEIBULL.DIST
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04070000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04070000.xhp
index 5aed377385..9ffd90064d 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04070000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04070000.xhp
@@ -29,19 +29,19 @@
-
Named Ranges and Expressions
-Allows you to name the different sections of your spreadsheet document. By naming the different sections, you can easily navigate through the spreadsheet documents and find specific information.
+
Named Ranges and Expressions
+Allows you to name the different sections of your spreadsheet document. By naming the different sections, you can easily navigate through the spreadsheet documents and find specific information.
-
Define
+
Define
-
Insert
+
Insert
-
Apply
+
Apply
-
Labels
+
Labels
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp
index ca27918f7d..3ac1b1e0f7 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
Filter
-Defines the selected area to be used in an advanced filter.
+Defines the selected area to be used in an advanced filter.Repeat column
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04080000.xhp
index 6d9c5831f0..6f513dc526 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04080000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04080000.xhp
@@ -36,13 +36,13 @@
-
Function List
-Opens the Function List deck of the Sidebar, which displays all functions that can be inserted into your document. The Function List deck is similar to the Functions tab page of the Function Wizard. The functions are inserted with placeholders to be replaced with your own values.
+
Function List
+Opens the Function List deck of the Sidebar, which displays all functions that can be inserted into your document. The Function List deck is similar to the Functions tab page of the Function Wizard. The functions are inserted with placeholders to be replaced with your own values.
-The Function List window is a resizable dockable window. Use it to quickly enter functions in the spreadsheet. By double-clicking an entry in the functions list, the respective function is directly inserted with all parameters.
+The Function List window is a resizable dockable window. Use it to quickly enter functions in the spreadsheet. By double-clicking an entry in the functions list, the respective function is directly inserted with all parameters.
Category List
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp
index e78f7a721d..c140250599 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-External Links
+External LinksInserts data from an HTML, Calc, CSV or Excel file into the current sheet as a link. The data must be located within a named range.
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
URL of external data source.Enter the URL or the file name that contains the data that you want to insert, and then press Enter. Alternatively, click Browse button to select the file name from a file dialog that opens. Only then will the URL be requested from the network or file system.
-A dialog for CSV data import appears when linking to external CSV file.
+A dialog for CSV data import appears when linking to external CSV file.Available tables/rangesSelect the table or the data range that you want to insert. If the selected Calc or Excel document contains no named range, spreadsheet data cannot be inserted and OK button will remain inactive
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp
index 011b07e9c8..b3a5e54a03 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Cell Protection
+Cell ProtectionDefines protection options for selected cells.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05030000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05030000.xhp
index 4fa978e17e..4bd5f3d589 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05030000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05030000.xhp
@@ -32,15 +32,15 @@
-Row
+RowSets the row height and hides or shows selected rows.
-Height
+Height
-Optimal Height
+Optimal Height
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp
index dbca42674b..1ae1c01566 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
Optimal Row HeightsDetermines the optimal row height for the selected rows.
- The optimal row height depends on the font size of the largest character in the row. You can use various units of measure.
+ The optimal row height depends on the font size of the largest character in the row. You can use various units of measure.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05030300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05030300.xhp
index bf465e4abd..72effc355e 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05030300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05030300.xhp
@@ -42,14 +42,14 @@
-Hide
+HideHides selected rows, columns or individual sheets.
Select the rows or columns that you want to hide, and then choose Format - Rows - Hide or Format - Columns - Hide.
-You can hide a sheet by selecting the sheet tab and then choosing Format - Sheet - Hide. Hidden sheets are not printed unless they occur within a print range.
+You can hide a sheet by selecting the sheet tab and then choosing Format - Sheet - Hide. Hidden sheets are not printed unless they occur within a print range.A break in the row or column header indicates whether the row or column is hidden.To display hidden rows, columns or sheets
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
Select the range that includes the hidden objects. You can also use the box in the corner above row 1 and beside column A. For sheets, this step is not necessary.UFI: fixes #i18582#
-Choose Format - Rows/Columns - Show or Format - Sheet - Show.
+Choose Format - Rows/Columns - Show or Format - Sheet - Show.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05030400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05030400.xhp
index 02d47ef6b9..74087f855c 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05030400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05030400.xhp
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-Show
+ShowChoose this command to show previously hidden rows or columns.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05040000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05040000.xhp
index ee3e1a861e..8542693f89 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05040000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05040000.xhp
@@ -32,15 +32,15 @@
-Column
+ColumnSets the column width and hides or shows selected columns.
-Width
+Width
-Optimal Width
+Optimal Width
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp
index 980f262799..f0afbc8876 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
Optimal Column WidthDefines the optimal column width for selected columns.
- The optimal column width depends on the longest entry within a column. You can choose from the available measurement units.
+ The optimal column width depends on the longest entry within a column. You can choose from the available measurement units.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp
index 664ff64260..a0ebc88180 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp
@@ -36,16 +36,16 @@
right-to-left text;spreadsheetsmw changed "right-to-left;..."
-Sheet
+SheetSets the sheet name and hides or shows selected sheets.
-Rename
+Rename
-Show
+ShowIf a sheet has been hidden, the Show Sheet dialog opens, which allows you to select a sheet to be shown again.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp
index b01c722401..d3d67b0e0b 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-
Merge and Center Cells
+
Merge and Center Cells
This is a toggleable control that joins all cells in a rectangular selection into a single cell, or returns merged cells to the original individual cells. When merging it will format the merged cell as center aligned.The control is shown toggled-on whenever there are merged cells in the selection, indicating that clicking the control will unmerge those cells.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp
index d4d81913a3..5fabf50492 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
-
Page Style
+
Page Style
Opens a dialog where you can define the appearance of all pages in your document.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp
index d14dfec7eb..88abec7207 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
pages; order when printingprinting; page order
-mw deletes three "printing;..." entries and copies 4 index entries to Calc guide print_details.xhpSheet
+mw deletes three "printing;..." entries and copies 4 index entries to Calc guide print_details.xhpSheetSpecifies the elements to be included in the printout of all sheets with the current Page Style. Additionally, you can set the print order, the first page number, and the page scale.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
Column and row headersSpecifies whether you want the column and row headers to be printed.Grid
-Prints out the borders of the individual cells as a grid. For the view on screen, make your choice under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View - Grid lines.
+Prints out the borders of the individual cells as a grid. For the view on screen, make your choice under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View - Grid lines.CommentsPrints the comments defined in your spreadsheet. They will be printed on a separate page, along with the corresponding cell reference.Objects/images
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05080000.xhp
index 9ee25b7ab0..0a51787016 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05080000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05080000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Print Ranges
+Print RangesManages print ranges. Only cells within the print ranges will be printed.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-Edit
+Edit
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05080100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05080100.xhp
index d7645a6c56..ec31275b5a 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05080100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05080100.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Define
+DefineDefines an active cell or selected cell area as the print range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05080200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05080200.xhp
index cfd348d95c..1bf3528436 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05080200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05080200.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Clear
+ClearRemoves the defined print area.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05080400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05080400.xhp
index 0068cf8609..609908aa3a 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05080400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05080400.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Add
+AddAdds the current selection to the defined print areas.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05100000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05100000.xhp
index c99bafcbe5..6b2747424a 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05100000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05100000.xhp
@@ -38,10 +38,10 @@
styles; in Calc
-
Styles
+
Styles
Use the Styles deck of the Sidebar to assign styles to cells and pages. You can apply, update, and modify existing styles or create new styles.
-The Styles dockable window can remain open while editing the document.
+The Styles dockable window can remain open while editing the document.
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-
Page Styles
+
Page Styles
Displays the Page Styles available.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
New Style from Selection
-Creates a new style based on the formatting of a selected object. Assign a name for the style in the Create Style dialog.
+Creates a new style based on the formatting of a selected object. Assign a name for the style in the Create Style dialog.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
Style List
Displays the list of the styles from the selected style category.
-In the context menu you can choose commands to create a new style, delete a user-defined style, or change the selected style.
+In the context menu you can choose commands to create a new style, delete a user-defined style, or change the selected style.
Style GroupsUFI: use "groups" to be consistent with Writer
Use this command to apply an AutoFormat to a selected sheet area or to define your own AutoFormats.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp
index 9b339b8a3a..4e41c6dc61 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
-
Conditional Formatting
- Use Conditional Formatting to define range-based conditions that determine which cell style will be applied to each cell in a given range based on its contents. The cell style corresponding to the first condition that evaluates to true is applied. Cell styles applied through Conditional Formatting override cell styles applied manually using the Formatting Bar or the Styles sidebar.
+
Conditional Formatting
+ Use Conditional Formatting to define range-based conditions that determine which cell style will be applied to each cell in a given range based on its contents. The cell style corresponding to the first condition that evaluates to true is applied. Cell styles applied through Conditional Formatting override cell styles applied manually using the Formatting Bar or the Styles sidebar.You can enter several conditions that query the cell values or results of formulas. The conditions are evaluated from first to the last. If Condition 1 is true based on the current cell contents, the corresponding cell style is applied. Otherwise, Condition 2 is evaluated to determine if its corresponding style will be applied. If none of the conditions match cell contents, then no changes are made to the cell format.Conditional formats do not overwrite cell styles and direct formatting applied manually. They remain saved as cell properties and are applied when the cell matches no conditions or when you remove all conditional formats.To apply conditional formatting, AutoCalculate must be enabled. Choose Data - Calculate - AutoCalculate (you see a check mark next to the command when AutoCalculate is enabled).
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
Apply Style
- Select the cell style to apply when the condition is verified. Select New Style to open the Cell Style dialog and define the style properties.
+ Select the cell style to apply when the condition is verified. Select New Style to open the Cell Style dialog and define the style properties.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05120100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05120100.xhp
index 6481acc51f..7328fa20f0 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05120100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05120100.xhp
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
-
Condition - Cell value is
+
Condition - Cell value is
Applies a cell style on the cell or cell range controlled by the condition set in the drop down list. The formatting is applied to each cell individually and the condition may depend on other cells values of the selected range.
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
is error
- The cell is in the error condition defined in the text box on the right. See List of Calc errors.
+ The cell is in the error condition defined in the text box on the right. See List of Calc errors.
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
is not error
- The cell is not in the error condition defined in the text box on the right. See List of Calc errors
+ The cell is not in the error condition defined in the text box on the right. See List of Calc errors
Applies the selected style to the cell when the formula expression in the text box in the right is not zero.The formula is expressed similar to a test condition evaluating to TRUE or FALSE.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05120300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05120300.xhp
index 0f00cefb5b..720bf1fc1d 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05120300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05120300.xhp
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
-
Condition - Date is
+
Condition - Date is
Applies the selected style to the cell when the cell contents is formatted as date and the condition is one of the available date interval in the dropdown list.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05120400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05120400.xhp
index 9fc6ceabff..e577543fc8 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05120400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05120400.xhp
@@ -18,11 +18,11 @@
-
Condition - All cells
+
Condition - All cells
Applies the conditional formatting to the set of cells defined in the selected range. The formatting is applied based on the contents of the whole range.
-
Color Scale
+
Color Scale
Applies a color scale to a range consisting of displaying a bicolor or tricolor gradient on this range depending on the value of each cell.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
-
Data Bar
+
Data Bar
Data bar option will fill the cell with solid or gradient color corresponding to the numeric value in the cell.
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
Do not display values in the cell, only the data bars.
-
Icon Set
+
Icon Set
Add an icon to the cell based on the value relative to the specified thresholds. Several icon sets are available.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05120500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05120500.xhp
index 8f74e1418a..a57e628748 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/05120500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05120500.xhp
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
-
Manage Conditions
+
Manage Conditions
Manage all the conditional formatting defined in the spreadsheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp
index f639515110..3ce6c93454 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
-You can only turn on the automatic hyphenation in $[officename] Calc when the row break feature is active.
+You can only turn on the automatic hyphenation in $[officename] Calc when the row break feature is active.Hyphenation for selected cells.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030000.xhp
index c34d8ad4b1..56110fca38 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030000.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
Formula Auditing,see DetectiveDetectiveMW added "Detective" and a cross-reference
-Detective
+DetectiveThis command activates the Spreadsheet Detective. With the Detective, you can trace the dependencies from the current formula cell to the cells in the spreadsheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030100.xhp
index a301cb6c44..05999f11f4 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030100.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
formula cells;tracing precedents
-Trace Precedents
+Trace PrecedentsThis function shows the relationship between the current cell containing a formula and the cells used in the formula.Traces are displayed in the sheet with marking arrows. At the same time, the range of all the cells contained in the formula of the current cell is highlighted with a blue frame.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030200.xhp
index a11ac9c2ad..4c1fda7456 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030200.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
formula cells;removing precedentsmw changed "formula..." entry
-Remove Precedents
+Remove PrecedentsDeletes one level of the trace arrows that were inserted with the Trace Precedents command.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030300.xhp
index 3c26b45970..6d54bda364 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030300.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
cells; tracing dependents
-Trace Dependents
+Trace DependentsDraws tracer arrows to the active cell from formulas that depend on values in the active cell.The area of all cells that are used together with the active cell in a formula is highlighted by a blue frame.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030400.xhp
index 345c24430e..95c3272fc5 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030400.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
cells; removing dependents
-Remove Dependents
+Remove DependentsDeletes one level of tracer arrows created with Trace Dependents.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030500.xhp
index 8bb1bf5501..51f44309ef 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030500.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
cells; removing traces
-Remove All Traces
+Remove All TracesRemoves all tracer arrows from the spreadsheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030600.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030600.xhp
index 7b112100db..5cfc1d72ad 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030600.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
cells; tracing errorstracing errorserror tracing
-Trace Error
+Trace ErrorDraws tracer arrows to all precedent cells which cause an error value in a selected cell.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030700.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030700.xhp
index 1036bb500d..e74f950791 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030700.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030700.xhp
@@ -35,12 +35,12 @@
traces; precedents for multiple cells
-Fill Mode
+Fill ModeActivates the Fill Mode in the Detective. The mouse pointer changes to a special symbol, and you can click any cell to see a trace to the precedent cell. To exit this mode, press Escape or click the End Fill Mode command in the context menu.
-The Fill Mode function is identical to the Trace Precedent command if you call this mode for the first time. Use the context menu to select further options for the Fill Mode and to exit this mode.
+The Fill Mode function is identical to the Trace Precedent command if you call this mode for the first time. Use the context menu to select further options for the Fill Mode and to exit this mode.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030800.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030800.xhp
index 4f9905b920..871dfc938d 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030800.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030800.xhp
@@ -35,12 +35,12 @@
cells; invalid datadata; showing invalid datainvalid data;marking
-Mark Invalid Data
+Mark Invalid DataMarks all cells in the sheet that contain values outside the validation rules.
- The validity rules restrict the input of numbers, dates, time values and text to certain values. However, it is possible to enter invalid values or copy invalid values into the cells if the Stop option is not selected. When you assign a validity rule, existing values in a cell will not be modified.
+ The validity rules restrict the input of numbers, dates, time values and text to certain values. However, it is possible to enter invalid values or copy invalid values into the cells if the Stop option is not selected. When you assign a validity rule, existing values in a cell will not be modified.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030900.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030900.xhp
index 495c0abff4..e1ec3edaac 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030900.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030900.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
updating;tracesmw made "updating..." a two level entry
-Refresh Traces
+Refresh TracesRedraws all traces in the sheet. Formulas modified when traces are redrawn are taken into account.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06031000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06031000.xhp
index 30bd550ad8..1121a94a2f 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06031000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06031000.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
cells; autorefreshing tracestraces; autorefreshing
-AutoRefresh
+AutoRefreshAutomatically refreshes all the traces in the sheet whenever you modify a formula.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp
index fd5b9366f2..ce6dd63446 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
Comment
-Specifies additional information about the scenario. This information will be displayed in the Navigator when you click the Scenarios icon and select the desired scenario. You can also modify this information in the Navigator through the Properties context menu command.
+Specifies additional information about the scenario. This information will be displayed in the Navigator when you click the Scenarios icon and select the desired scenario. You can also modify this information in the Navigator through the Properties context menu command.SettingsThis section is used to define some of the settings used in the scenario display.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06060000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06060000.xhp
index ae03dc3239..91ee8d0956 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06060000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06060000.xhp
@@ -31,16 +31,16 @@
-Protect Document
+Protect DocumentThe Protect Sheet or Protect Spreadsheet Structure commands prevent changes from being made to cells in the sheets or to sheets in a document. As an option, you can define a password. If a password is defined, removal of the protection is only possible if the user enters the correct password.
-Sheets
+Sheets
-Documents
+Documents
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp
index 5ed52eec56..ef01d741be 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp
@@ -39,14 +39,14 @@
protect;sheetselection;in protected cells
-
Protecting Sheet
+
Protecting Sheet
Protects the cells in the current sheet from being modified.Choose Tools - Protect Sheet to open the Protect Sheet dialog in which you then specify sheet protection with or without a password, and select the elements of the sheet to protect.
-To protect cells from further editing, the Protected check box must be checked on the Format - Cells - Cell Protection tab page or on the Format Cells context menu.
+To protect cells from further editing, the Protected check box must be checked on the Format - Cells - Cell Protection tab page or on the Format Cells context menu.
Protect this sheet and contents of the protected cells
Mark this checkbox to activate protection of sheet and cell contents.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp
index 9f35327a6d..08c1be799e 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
cell contents;AutoCalculate functionmw added "recalculating;..."
-
AutoCalculate
+
AutoCalculate
Automatically recalculates all formulas in the document.All cells are recalculated after a sheet cell has been modified. Any charts in the sheet will also be refreshed.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp
index dd85adf922..6d837ff1d8 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
mw changed "recalculating;...", "formulas;..." and "cell..." entries and deleted "recalculating formulas"
-
Recalculate
+
Recalculate
Recalculates formula cells.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
After the document has been recalculated, the display is refreshed. All charts are also refreshed.
- Recalculation options
+ Recalculation options
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp
index 40462661ab..260db76a42 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
capital letters;AutoInput functionmw made "entering..." a one level entry
-AutoInput
+AutoInputSwitches the AutoInput function on and off, which automatically completes entries, based on other entries in the same column. The column is scanned up to a maximum of 2000 cells or 200 different strings.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp
index 9e0beeae16..659706aa1c 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Split Window
+Split WindowDivides the current window at the top left corner of the active cell.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
You can also use the mouse to split the window horizontally or vertically. To do this, drag the thick black line located directly above the vertical scrollbar or directly to the right of the horizontal scrollbar into the window. A thick black line will show where the window is split.
-A split window has its own scrollbars in each partial section; by contrast, fixed window sections are not scrollable.
+A split window has its own scrollbars in each partial section; by contrast, fixed window sections are not scrollable.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/07090000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/07090000.xhp
index 07064520c9..ca46194b03 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/07090000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/07090000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-
Freeze Rows and Columns
+
Freeze Rows and Columns
Divides the sheet at the top left corner of the active cell and the area to the top left is no longer scrollable.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/07090100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/07090100.xhp
index 7e75873244..62d285d93b 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/07090100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/07090100.xhp
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
freezing;cells
-
Freeze Cells
+
Freeze Cells
Freezes the first column or the first row of the current spreadsheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp
index b655dee61f..ac66b4c966 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-
Define Range
+
Define Range
Defines a database range based on the selected cells in your sheet.
@@ -52,6 +52,6 @@
-Selects a database range that you defined under Data - Define Range.
+
Select Range
+Selects a database range that you defined under Data - Define Range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12030000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12030000.xhp
index 5eddab9f99..afa2df1306 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12030000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12030000.xhp
@@ -29,11 +29,11 @@
-
Sort
+
Sort
Sorts the selected rows according to the conditions that you specify. $[officename] automatically recognizes and selects database ranges.
-You cannot sort data if the Record changes options is enabled.
+You cannot sort data if the Record changes options is enabled.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12030100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12030100.xhp
index be87bba343..870e974841 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12030100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12030100.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-
Sort Criteria
+
Sort Criteria
Specify the sorting options for the selected range.Ensure that you include any row and column titles in the selection.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12030200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12030200.xhp
index 2dbd0cb88a..7f13f40a0d 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12030200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12030200.xhp
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-
Options
+
Options
Sets additional sorting options.
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
Copies the sorted list to the cell range that you specify.
Sort results (named ranges list)
- Select a named cell range where you want to display the sorted list.
+ Select a named cell range where you want to display the sorted list.
Sort results (input box)
Enter the cell range where you want to display the sorted list.
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
Click here and then select the custom sort order that you want.
Custom sort order list
- Select the custom sort order that you want to apply. To define a custom sort order, choose - .
+ Select the custom sort order that you want to apply. To define a custom sort order, choose - .
Automatically filters the selected cell range, and creates one-row list boxes where you can choose the items that you want to display.
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
Background color
Displays only the rows of the cell range for which the background color of the cell in the current column matches the color selected.
Standard Filter
-Opens the Standard Filter dialog.
+Opens the Standard Filter dialog.
Search text box
Search for a specific entry in the list of values found in the current column. As characters are typed in the text box, this list is updated to show only matching entries.
All
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
List of unique values found in the current column.
-Default filter
+Default filter
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12040201.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12040201.xhp
index be0a948e1c..36a39df304 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12040201.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12040201.xhp
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-
- Allows you to use regular expressions in the filter definition. For a list of the regular expressions that $[officename] supports, click here.
+ Allows you to use regular expressions in the filter definition. For a list of the regular expressions that $[officename] supports, click here.If the Regular Expressions check box is selected, you can use regular expressions in the Value field if the Condition list box is set to '=' EQUAL or '<>' UNEQUAL. This also applies to the respective cells that you reference for an advanced filter.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12040400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12040400.xhp
index 584b426f66..646e9435cf 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12040400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12040400.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Reset Filter
+Reset FilterRemoves the filter from the selected cell range. To enable this command, click inside the cell area where the filter was applied.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12040500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12040500.xhp
index 7fc8f49a37..4bcb925bb8 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12040500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12040500.xhp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
database ranges; hiding AutoFilter
-Hide AutoFilter
+Hide AutoFilterHides the AutoFilter buttons in the selected cell range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12050000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12050000.xhp
index be438446d2..6162a503bb 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12050000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12050000.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-
Subtotals
+
Subtotals
Calculates subtotals for the columns that you select. $[officename] uses the SUM function to automatically calculate the subtotal and grand total values in a labeled range. You can also use other functions to perform the calculation. $[officename] automatically recognizes a defined database area when you place the cursor in it.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12050100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12050100.xhp
index fe96b45486..06909b6aad 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12050100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12050100.xhp
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-
1st, 2nd, 3rd Group
+
1st, 2nd, 3rd Group
Specify the settings for up to three subtotal groups. Each tab has the same layout.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12050200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12050200.xhp
index 5e0713a217..4864a7f148 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12050200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12050200.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-
Options
+
Options
Specify the settings for calculating and presenting subtotals.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12060000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12060000.xhp
index ff0a53980b..413e65a625 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12060000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12060000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-
Multiple Operations
+
Multiple Operations
Applies the same formula to different cells, but with different parameter values.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12070000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12070000.xhp
index cdf63f2d4d..b633af0e74 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12070000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12070000.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-
Consolidate
+
Consolidate
Combines data from one or more independent cell ranges and calculates a new range using the function that you specify.
@@ -60,6 +60,6 @@
Adds the cell range specified in the Source data range box to the Consolidation ranges box.
Options
-Shows additional options.
+Shows additional options.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080000.xhp
index 0497321b2e..5e85a63fcc 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080000.xhp
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
showing; sheet detailsgrouping;cells
-Group and Outline
+Group and OutlineYou can create an outline of your data and group rows and columns together so that you can collapse and expand the groups with a single click.
@@ -45,9 +45,9 @@
-Group
+Group
-Ungroup
+Ungroup
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080100.xhp
index 875d6109b6..56b2c50f5f 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080100.xhp
@@ -35,10 +35,10 @@
sheets; hiding details
-Hide Details
+Hide DetailsHides the details of the grouped row or column that contains the cursor. To hide all of the grouped rows or columns, select the outlined table, and then choose this command.
- To show all hidden groups, select the outlined table, and then choose Data - Group and Outline –Show Details.
+ To show all hidden groups, select the outlined table, and then choose Data - Group and Outline –Show Details.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080200.xhp
index 6ff0529cf5..ca8366b5a2 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080200.xhp
@@ -33,10 +33,10 @@
tables; showing details
-Show Details
+Show DetailsShows the details of the grouped row or column that contains the cursor. To show the details of all of the grouped rows or columns, select the outlined table, and then choose this command.
-To hide a selected group, choose Data - Group and Outline – Hide Details.
+To hide a selected group, choose Data - Group and Outline – Hide Details.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp
index cf4872faa7..acb73570c9 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp
@@ -36,13 +36,13 @@
-Group
+GroupDefines the selected cell range as a group of rows or columns.
- When you group a cell range, and outline icon appears in the margins next to the group. To hide or show the group, click the icon. To ungroup the selection, choose Data – Group and Outline -Ungroup.
+ When you group a cell range, and outline icon appears in the margins next to the group. To hide or show the group, click the icon. To ungroup the selection, choose Data – Group and Outline -Ungroup.IncludeRowsGroups the selected rows.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp
index f344364069..e8d8a7dca5 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Ungroup
+UngroupUngroups the selection. In a nested group, the last rows or columns that were added are removed from the group.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080500.xhp
index 35e0b4e1d3..2c517363ed 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080500.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080500.xhp
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-
AutoOutline
+
AutoOutline
If the selected cell range contains formulas or references, $[officename] automatically outlines the selection.
@@ -88,6 +88,6 @@
The cells for the 1st and 2nd quarters each contain a sum formula for the three cells to their left. If you apply the AutoOutline command, the table is grouped into two quarters.
-To remove the outline, select the table, and then choose Data - Group and Outline - Remove.
+To remove the outline, select the table, and then choose Data - Group and Outline - Remove.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080600.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080600.xhp
index 56cb208fb0..d11b264a58 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080600.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080600.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Remove
+RemoveRemoves the outline from the selected cell range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp
index c8d6b564d6..7d0f7c9166 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp
@@ -25,17 +25,17 @@
-
Pivot Table
+
Pivot Table
A pivot table provides a summary of large amounts of data. You can then rearrange the pivot table to view different summaries of the data.
-
Opens a dialog where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.
@@ -48,6 +48,6 @@
External source/interface
Opens the External Source dialog where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.
-Pivot table dialog
+Pivot table dialog
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp
index 734309ac46..483c719510 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
TypeClick the source type of for the selected data source. You can choose from four source types: "Table", "Query" and "SQL" or SQL (Native).
-Pivot table dialog
+Pivot table dialog
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp
index bbef6e234e..39e8e032d2 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
LayoutTo define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Filters, Row Fields, Column Fields and Data Fields areas. You can also use drag and drop to rearrange the data fields on a pivot table.$[officename] automatically adds a caption to buttons that are dragged into the Data Fields area. The caption contains the name of the data field as well as the formula that created the data.
- To change the function that is used by a data field, double-click a button in the Data Fields area to open the Data Field dialog. You can also double-click buttons in the Row Fields or Column Fields areas.
+ To change the function that is used by a data field, double-click a button in the Data Fields area to open the Data Field dialog. You can also double-click buttons in the Row Fields or Column Fields areas.MoreDisplays or hides additional options for defining the pivot table.
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
Show DetailChoose the field that you want to view the details for.
- Pivot table shortcut keys
+ Pivot table shortcut keys
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp
index 950e1a3a49..7ef837ad86 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
ValueSelect the value that you want to compare to the selected field.
- Options
+ Options
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp
index d1cb4888d1..95d7b763f3 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Options
+ OptionsDisplays or hides additional filtering options.OptionsCase sensitive
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
Data rangeDisplays the name of the filtered data range in the table.
- List of Regular Expressions
+ List of Regular Expressions
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp
index bdde49582e..88273c8912 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
calculating;pivot tableData field
-The contents of this dialog is different for data fields in the Data area, and data fields in the Row or Column area of the Pivot Table dialog.
+The contents of this dialog is different for data fields in the Data area, and data fields in the Row or Column area of the Pivot Table dialog.SubtotalsSpecify the subtotals that you want to calculate.None
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090200.xhp
index 581dcdb4bd..dd67d341e1 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090200.xhp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Refresh
+RefreshUpdates the pivot table.After you import an Excel spreadsheet that contains a pivot table, click in the table, and then choose Data - Pivot Table - Refresh.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090300.xhp
index 6b030209ee..a565e82926 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090300.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Delete
+DeleteDeletes the selected pivot table.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12100000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12100000.xhp
index d5bf157658..3865aaedfe 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12100000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12100000.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-
Refresh Range
+
Refresh Range
Updates a data range that was inserted from an external database. The data in the sheet is updated to match the data in the external database.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12120000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12120000.xhp
index d2c131042d..f7c3a98c4e 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12120000.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12120000.xhp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-
Validity
+
Validity
Defines what data is valid for a selected cell or cell range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp
index ada3870930..0acf0d1fa9 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
UFI added index entry for new list feature. Guide needed. MW changed index entry
-
Criteria
+
Criteria
Specify the validation rules for the selected cell(s).
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp
index f78ac4ac02..acdca60051 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Input Help
+Input HelpEnter the message that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected in the sheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp
index 4b0079d658..c9952422f6 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
- Error Alert
+ Error AlertDefines the error message that is displayed when invalid data is entered in a cell.You can also start a macro with an error message. A sample macro is provided at the end of this page.
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
Select the action that you want to occur when invalid data is entered in a cell. The "Stop" action rejects the invalid entry and displays a dialog that you have to close by clicking OK. The "Warning" and "Information" actions display a dialog that can be closed by clicking OK or Cancel. The invalid entry is only rejected when you click Cancel.Browse
-Opens the Macro dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.
+Opens the Macro dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.TitleEnter the title of the macro or the error message that you want to display when invalid data is entered in a cell.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/calculate.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/calculate.xhp
index ab06f421b7..e5dc5d2b02 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/calculate.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/calculate.xhp
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-
Calculate
+
Calculate
Commands to calculate formula cells.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/calculation_accuracy.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/calculation_accuracy.xhp
index 297178db54..43ae44cd36 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/calculation_accuracy.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/calculation_accuracy.xhp
@@ -21,13 +21,13 @@
precision;calculation
-
%PRODUCTNAME Calculation Accuracy
+
%PRODUCTNAME Calculation Accuracy
Inherent Accuracy Problem
- %PRODUCTNAME Calc, just like most other spreadsheet software, uses floating-point math capabilities available on hardware. Given that most contemporary hardware uses binary floating-point arithmetic with limited precision defined in IEEE 754 standard, many decimal numbers - including as simple as 0.1 - cannot be precisely represented in %PRODUCTNAME Calc (which uses 64-bit double-precision numbers internally).
- Calculations with those numbers necessarily results in rounding errors, and those accumulate with every calculation.
+ %PRODUCTNAME Calc, just like most other spreadsheet software, uses floating-point math capabilities available on hardware. Given that most contemporary hardware uses binary floating-point arithmetic with limited precision defined in IEEE 754 standard, many decimal numbers - including as simple as 0.1 - cannot be precisely represented in %PRODUCTNAME Calc (which uses 64-bit double-precision numbers internally).
+ Calculations with those numbers necessarily results in rounding errors, and those accumulate with every calculation.
- This is not a bug, but is expected and currently unavoidable without using complex calculations in software, which would incur inappropriate performance penalties, and thus is out of question. Users need to account for that, and use rounding and comparisons with machine epsilon (or unit roundoff) as necessary.
+ This is not a bug, but is expected and currently unavoidable without using complex calculations in software, which would incur inappropriate performance penalties, and thus is out of question. Users need to account for that, and use rounding and comparisons with machine epsilon (or unit roundoff) as necessary.An example with numbers:
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/common_func.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/common_func.xhp
index 3ec6b8e0b9..8a578b4f46 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/common_func.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/common_func.xhp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
This function is not part of the Open Document Format for Office Applications (OpenDocument) Version 1.3. Part 4: Recalculated Formula (OpenFormula) Format standard. The name space is
- This function ignores any text or empty cell within a data range. If you suspect wrong results from this function, look for text in the data ranges. To highlight text contents in a data range, use the value highlighting feature.
+ This function ignores any text or empty cell within a data range. If you suspect wrong results from this function, look for text in the data ranges. To highlight text contents in a data range, use the value highlighting feature.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/data_form.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/data_form.xhp
index b65c817407..f43d3325c4 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/data_form.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/data_form.xhp
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
Reopening the form dialog
To reopen the form dialog, place the cursor on the header row and open the form. The displayed record in the form dialog is the first data record. Move to the last record before entering new data otherwise the current record will be edited.
- Document Forms
+ Document Forms
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/databar_more_options.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/databar_more_options.xhp
index 97fee0d3e0..c2c37c4b6d 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/databar_more_options.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/databar_more_options.xhp
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
data bar formatting;data bar optionsdata bar options;conditional formatting
-
Databar More Options
+
Databar More Options
Entry Values
Minimum:
Set the minimum value for which the data bar does not start filling.
Maximum:
Set the maximum value for which the data bar gets completely filled.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/ex_data_stat_func.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/ex_data_stat_func.xhp
index 7981e9191d..10a506f933 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/ex_data_stat_func.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/ex_data_stat_func.xhp
@@ -144,10 +144,10 @@
For <>, if the value is empty it matches non-empty cells.For <>, if the value is not empty it matches any cell content except the value, including empty cells.Note: "=0" does not match empty cells.
- For = and <>, if the value is not empty and can not be interpreted as a Number type or one of its subtypes and the property Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells is checked, comparison is against the entire cell contents, if unchecked, comparison is against any subpart of the field that matches the criteria. For = and <>, if the value is not empty and can not be interpreted as a Number type or one of its subtypes applies.
+ For = and <>, if the value is not empty and can not be interpreted as a Number type or one of its subtypes and the property Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells is checked, comparison is against the entire cell contents, if unchecked, comparison is against any subpart of the field that matches the criteria. For = and <>, if the value is not empty and can not be interpreted as a Number type or one of its subtypes applies.
- Other Text value. If the property Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells is true, the comparison is against the entire cell contents, if false, comparison is against any subpart of the field that matches the criteria. The expression can contain text, numbers, regular expressions or wildcards (if enabled in calculation options).
+ Other Text value. If the property Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells is true, the comparison is against the entire cell contents, if false, comparison is against any subpart of the field that matches the criteria. The expression can contain text, numbers, regular expressions or wildcards (if enabled in calculation options).
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/exponsmooth_embd.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/exponsmooth_embd.xhp
index 8fe3927cdb..6405ea0f90 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/exponsmooth_embd.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/exponsmooth_embd.xhp
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
Exponential Triple Smoothing (ETS) is a set of algorithms in which both trend and periodical (seasonal) influences are processed. Exponential Double Smoothing (EDS) is an algorithm like ETS, but without the periodical influences. EDS produces linear forecasts.
-See the Wikipedia on Exponential smoothing algorithms for more information.
+See the Wikipedia on Exponential smoothing algorithms for more information.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/formula2value.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/formula2value.xhp
index 3b06a1c7dd..abcb62ac3e 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/formula2value.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/formula2value.xhp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
formula to values;recalculate
-
Formula to value
+
Formula to value
Replaces the formula cell with value calculated by the formula. The formula is lost.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_arabic.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_arabic.xhp
index b827428e84..4b1ab51eb2 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_arabic.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_arabic.xhp
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
ARABIC functiontext functions;convert roman numbers
-
ARABIC
+
ARABIC
Returns the numeric value corresponding to a Roman number expressed as text.The largest Roman number that can be converted is MMMCMXCIX (or one of its simplified versions), which is equivalent to 3999.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_asc.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_asc.xhp
index c828efb665..22f5cdb029 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_asc.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_asc.xhp
@@ -22,10 +22,10 @@
ASC functiontext functions;katakana characters
-
ASC
+
ASC
Converts double-byte (full-width) characters to single-byte (half-width) ASCII and katakana characters.
- See https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Calc/Features/JIS_and_ASC_functions for a conversion table.
+ See https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Calc/Features/JIS_and_ASC_functions for a conversion table.ASC(Text)Text: the text string that contains characters to be converted.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_ceiling.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_ceiling.xhp
index e671f6093e..86a92fc771 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_ceiling.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_ceiling.xhp
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
mw added one entry
-
CEILING
+
CEILING
Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of a significance value.For a positive number and a positive significance value, the function rounds up (away from zero). For a negative number and a negative significance value, the direction of rounding is determined by the value of a mode parameter. The function returns an error if the number and significance values have opposite signs.If the spreadsheet is exported to Microsoft Excel, the CEILING function is exported as the equivalent CEILING.MATH function that has existed since Excel 2013. If you plan to use the spreadsheet with earlier Excel versions, use either CEILING.PRECISE that has existed since Excel 2010, or CEILING.XCL that is exported as the CEILING function compatible with all Excel versions.
@@ -50,10 +50,10 @@
mw added one entry
-
CEILING.PRECISE
+
CEILING.PRECISE
Rounds a number up to the nearest multiple of a significance value.For a positive number the function rounds up (away from zero). For a negative number, the function rounds up (towards zero). The sign of the significance value is ignored.
- This function calculates identical results to the ISO.CEILING function.
+ This function calculates identical results to the ISO.CEILING function.CEILING.PRECISE(Number [; Significance])
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
CEILING.MATH function
-
CEILING.MATH
+
CEILING.MATH
Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of a significance value.For a positive number the function rounds up (away from zero). For a negative number, the direction of rounding is determined by the value of a mode parameter. The sign of the significance value is ignored.This function exists for interoperability with Microsoft Excel 2013 or newer.
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
CEILING.XCL function
-
CEILING.XCL
+
CEILING.XCL
Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of a significance value.For a positive number and a positive significance value, the function rounds up (away from zero). For a negative number and a positive significance value, the function rounds up (towards zero). For a negative number and a negative significance value, the function rounds down (away from zero). The function returns an error if the number is positive and the significance value is negative.This function exists for interoperability with Microsoft Excel 2007 or older. If a Calc spreadsheet is exported to Microsoft Excel, references to Calc’s CEILING.XCL function are exported as references to Excel’s CEILING function, which is compatible with all Excel versions. If a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet is imported into Calc, references to Excel’s CEILING function are imported as references to Calc’s CEILING.XCL function.
@@ -123,10 +123,10 @@
mw added one entry
-
ISO.CEILING
+
ISO.CEILING
Rounds a number up to the nearest multiple of a significance value.For a positive number the function rounds up (away from zero). For a negative number, the function rounds up (towards zero). The sign of the significance value is ignored.
- This function calculates identical results to the CEILING.PRECISE function.
+ This function calculates identical results to the CEILING.PRECISE function.ISO.CEILING(Number [; Significance])
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_concat.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_concat.xhp
index 5063ac92a2..8b4e8c4ac9 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_concat.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_concat.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
CONCAT function
-
CONCAT
+
CONCAT
Concatenates one or more stringsCONCAT is an enhancement of CONCATENATE, as CONCAT also accepts ranges as arguments, like B2:E5, K:K or K:M.
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
COM.MICROSOFT.CONCAT
- CONCATENATE
+ CONCATENATE
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_convert.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_convert.xhp
index bee20f638b..567cd61eb7 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_convert.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_convert.xhp
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
Converts a value from one unit of measurement to the corresponding value in another unit of measurement. Enter the units of measurement directly as text in quotation marks or as a reference. The units of measurement specified through the arguments must match the supported unit symbols, which are case-sensitive. For example, the symbol for the unit "newton" is the uppercase "N".
- The measurement units recognized by CONVERT fall into 13 groups, which are listed below. CONVERT will perform conversions between any two units within one group but reject any request to convert between units in different groups.
- You can also add binary and decimal prefixes to units of measurement that support them. The list of all prefixes and their corresponding multipliers are shown below.
+ The measurement units recognized by CONVERT fall into 13 groups, which are listed below. CONVERT will perform conversions between any two units within one group but reject any request to convert between units in different groups.
+ You can also add binary and decimal prefixes to units of measurement that support them. The list of all prefixes and their corresponding multipliers are shown below.This function may not be compatible with other spreadsheet software.
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
Units of measurement
Below are the unit measurement groups supported by the CONVERT function. Be aware that conversions can only happen between units that belong to the same group.
- The column Prefix indicates whether or not a given unit of measurement supports prefixes.
+ The column Prefix indicates whether or not a given unit of measurement supports prefixes.
Area
Some measurement units have more than one accepted symbol. The accepted unit symbols are separated by semicolons in the Unit symbol column.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_error_type.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_error_type.xhp
index a1e92361d9..501888964a 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_error_type.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_error_type.xhp
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
If the ERROR.TYPE function is used as condition of the IF function and the ERROR.TYPE returns #N/A, the IF function returns #N/A as well. Use ISERROR to avoid it as shown in the example above.ISERROR, NA, IF
-Error codes
+Error codes
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_findb.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_findb.xhp
index e28e5e9719..ef6411bb74 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_findb.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_findb.xhp
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
FINDB Functionfind text;FINDB Function
-
FINDB
+
FINDB
Returns the starting position of a given text, using byte positions. FINDB is case sensitive.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_floor.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_floor.xhp
index 044fee3e2b..1e4dc67cbd 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_floor.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_floor.xhp
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
mw added one entry
-
FLOOR
+
FLOOR
Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of a significance value.For a positive number and a positive significance value, the function rounds down (towards zero). For a negative number and a negative significance value, the direction of rounding is determined by the value of a mode parameter. The function returns an error if the number and significance values have opposite signs.
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
FLOOR.MATH function
-
FLOOR.MATH
+
FLOOR.MATH
Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of a significance value.For a positive number the function rounds down (towards zero). For a negative number, the direction of rounding is determined by the value of a mode parameter. The sign of the significance value is ignored.This function exists for interoperability with Microsoft Excel 2013 or newer.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-
FLOOR.PRECISE
+
FLOOR.PRECISE
Rounds a number down to the nearest multiple of a significance value.For a positive number the function rounds down (towards zero). For a negative number, the function rounds down (away form zero). The sign of the significance value is ignored.
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
FLOOR.XCL function
-
FLOOR.XCL
+
FLOOR.XCL
Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of a significance value.For a positive number and a positive significance value, the function rounds down (towards zero). For a negative number and a positive significance value, the function rounds down (away from zero). For a negative number and a negative significance value, the function rounds up (towards zero). The function returns an error if the number is positive and the significance value is negative.This function exists for interoperability with Microsoft Excel 2007 or older. If a Calc spreadsheet is exported to Microsoft Excel, references to Calc’s FLOOR.XCL function are exported as references to Excel’s FLOOR function, which is compatible with all Excel versions. If a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet is imported into Calc, references to Excel’s FLOOR function are imported as references to Calc’s FLOOR.XCL function.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_fourier.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_fourier.xhp
index d349109248..56aec00474 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_fourier.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_fourier.xhp
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
FOURIER function
-
FOURIER
- Computes the Discrete Fourier Transform [DFT] of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms. The function is an array formula.
+
FOURIER
+ Computes the Discrete Fourier Transform [DFT] of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms. The function is an array formula.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_ifs.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_ifs.xhp
index 26cd700930..cbb0b35b40 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_ifs.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_ifs.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
IFS function
-
IFS
+
IFS
IFS is a multiple IF-function.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
COM.MICROSOFT.IFS
- IF
+ IF
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_jis.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_jis.xhp
index ef94de403e..028f6dd4ad 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_jis.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_jis.xhp
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@
JIS function
-
JIS
+
JIS
Converts single-byte (half-width) ASCII or katakana characters to double-byte (full-width) characters.
- See https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Calc/Features/JIS_and_ASC_functions for a conversion table.
+ See https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Calc/Features/JIS_and_ASC_functions for a conversion table.JIS(Text)Text: the text string that contains characters to be converted.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_numbervalue.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_numbervalue.xhp
index b0c8f385e0..0367e90fa4 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_numbervalue.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_numbervalue.xhp
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
The input text may be in a locale-dependent or other bespoke format.The output number is formatted as a valid floating point value and shown using the current cell's number format.
- Refer to the Numbers / Format help page to learn how to change the format of numbers in a cell.
+ Refer to the Numbers / Format help page to learn how to change the format of numbers in a cell.NUMBERVALUE(Text[; Decimal Separator[; Group Separator]])Text is a string that contains the number to be converted.
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
=NUMBERVALUE("123e12") returns 1.23E+14 (considering en-US locale). No decimal or group separators are used in the supplied number and so the Decimal Separator and Group Separator arguments are omitted.
=NUMBERVALUE("1#!234#!567"; "."; "#!") returns 1234567 (considering en-US locale). Note that in this case the group separator is specified as a two-character string.
- Refer to the NUMBERVALUE wiki page for more details about this function.
+ Refer to the NUMBERVALUE wiki page for more details about this function.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_barrier.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_barrier.xhp
index 3c9b234010..159892d2d9 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_barrier.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_barrier.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
OPT_BARRIER function
-
OPT_BARRIER
+
OPT_BARRIER
Returns the pricing for a barrier option, calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_hit.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_hit.xhp
index 3737e6c7c5..97a978a05c 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_hit.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_hit.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
OPT_PROB_HIT function
-
OPT_PROB_HIT
+
OPT_PROB_HIT
Returns the probability that an asset hits a predetermined barrier price, assuming that the stock price can be modeled as a process S that follows the stochastic differential equation, as follows.OPT_PROB_HIT equation
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_inmoney.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_inmoney.xhp
index c5a6cab98b..35392ebc4a 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_inmoney.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_inmoney.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
OPT_PROB_INMONEY function
-
OPT_PROB_INMONEY
+
OPT_PROB_INMONEY
Returns the probability that an asset will end up between two barrier levels at maturity, assuming that the stock price can be modeled as a process S that follows the stochastic differential equation, as follows.OPT_PROB_INMONEY equation
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_touch.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_touch.xhp
index 9abb0c37b6..c2f0345550 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_touch.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_touch.xhp
@@ -21,11 +21,11 @@
OPT_TOUCH function
-
OPT_TOUCH
+
OPT_TOUCH
Returns the pricing of a touch / no-touch option, calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
- For relevant background information, visit the Options (finance) and Black-Scholes model Wikipedia pages.
+ For relevant background information, visit the Options (finance) and Black-Scholes model Wikipedia pages.Further information about touch / no-touch options may be found on many financial websites.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_regex.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_regex.xhp
index 82119a3df1..fe57b7aa29 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_regex.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_regex.xhp
@@ -23,13 +23,13 @@
regular expressions;extracting in spreadsheetsregular expressions;REGEX function
-
REGEX
+
REGEX
Matches and extracts or optionally replaces text using regular expressions.REGEX( Text ; Expression [ ; [ Replacement ] [ ; Flags|Occurrence ] ] )Text: A text or reference to a cell where the regular expression is to be applied.
- Expression: A text representing the regular expression, using ICU regular expressions. If there is no match and Replacement is not given, #N/A is returned.
+ Expression: A text representing the regular expression, using ICU regular expressions. If there is no match and Replacement is not given, #N/A is returned.Replacement: Optional. The replacement text and references to capture groups. If there is no match, Text is returned unmodified.Flags: Optional. "g" replaces all matches of Expression in Text, not extracted. If there is no match, Text is returned unmodified.Occurrence: Optional. Number to indicate which match of Expression in Text is to be extracted or replaced. If there is no match and Replacement is not given, #N/A is returned. If there is no match and Replacement is given, Text is returned unmodified. If Occurrence is 0, Text is returned unmodified.
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
ORG.LIBREOFFICE.REGEX
- List of regular expressions
- ICU regular expressions
+ List of regular expressions
+ ICU regular expressions
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_replaceb.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_replaceb.xhp
index a2e85b72c2..86ef8380d9 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_replaceb.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_replaceb.xhp
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
REPLACEB Functionreplace text;REPLACEB Function
-
REPLACEB
+
REPLACEB
Returns text where an old text is replaced with a new text, using byte positions.
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
=REPLACEB("ᄩᄔᄕᄜᄝᄞᄠᄢᄣᄫᄬᄭᄮᄯᄲᄶ";4;1;"ab") returns "ᄩ abᄕᄜᄝᄞᄠᄢᄣᄫᄬᄭᄮᄯᄲᄶ" .
- Refer to the REPLACEB wiki page for more details about this function.
+ Refer to the REPLACEB wiki page for more details about this function.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_roman.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_roman.xhp
index 4600ab3fc6..3f16a2acb8 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_roman.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_roman.xhp
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
ROMAN functiontext functions;convert to roman numbers
-
ROMAN
+
ROMAN
Converts a number into a Roman numeral. The value range must be between 0 and 3999. A simplification mode can be specified in the range from 0 to 4.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_rounddown.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_rounddown.xhp
index bfe5516279..6b9e23e0ad 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_rounddown.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_rounddown.xhp
@@ -22,11 +22,11 @@
numbers;rounding down
-
ROUNDDOWN function
+
ROUNDDOWN function
Rounds down a number while keeping a specified number of decimal digits.
- This function is equivalent to the TRUNC function.
+ This function is equivalent to the TRUNC function.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_roundsig.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_roundsig.xhp
index 6e96d0a584..b5d486728e 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_roundsig.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_roundsig.xhp
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
ROUNDSIG Function
-
ROUNDSIG
+
ROUNDSIG
Returns a number rounded to a specified number of significant decimal digits of its normalized floating point notation.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
ORG.LIBREOFFICE.ROUNDSIG
- See also ROUND, MROUND, ROUNDUP, ROUNDDOWN.
+ See also ROUND, MROUND, ROUNDUP, ROUNDDOWN.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_searchb.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_searchb.xhp
index 41262c5717..c81a0681cb 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_searchb.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_searchb.xhp
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
SEARCHB Functionsearch text;SEARCHB Function
-
SEARCHB
+
SEARCHB
Returns the starting position of a given text, using byte positions (not case sensitive).
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_sum.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_sum.xhp
index 04003fb75f..4d4d902af1 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_sum.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_sum.xhp
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
SUM functionadding;numbers in cell ranges
-
SUM
+
SUM
Adds a set of numbers.
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
=SUM(2;3;4) returns 9.=SUM(A1;A3;B5) calculates the sum of the three cells.=SUM(A1:E10) calculates the sum of all cells in the A1 to E10 cell range.
- A formula such as =SUM((A1:A40>=C1)*(A1:A40<C2)*B1:B40) may be entered as an array formula by pressing the Shift+Command+Ctrl+Enter keys instead of simply pressing the Enter key to finish entering the formula. The formula will then be shown in the Formula bar enclosed in braces and operates by multiplying corresponding elements of the arrays together and returning their sum.
- Refer to the SUM wiki page for more details about this function.
+ A formula such as =SUM((A1:A40>=C1)*(A1:A40<C2)*B1:B40) may be entered as an array formula by pressing the Shift+Command+Ctrl+Enter keys instead of simply pressing the Enter key to finish entering the formula. The formula will then be shown in the Formula bar enclosed in braces and operates by multiplying corresponding elements of the arrays together and returning their sum.
+ Refer to the SUM wiki page for more details about this function.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_switch.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_switch.xhp
index 18a7e65b4e..215aaaea15 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_switch.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_switch.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
SWITCH function
-
SWITCH
+
SWITCH
SWITCH compares expression with value1 to valuen and returns the result belonging to the first value that equals expression. If there is no match and default_result is given, that will be returned.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
COM.MICROSOFT.SWITCH
- IF
+ IF
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_textjoin.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_textjoin.xhp
index a4111c9252..11d885ef34 100644
--- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_textjoin.xhp
+++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_textjoin.xhp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
TEXTJOIN function
-
TEXTJOIN
+
TEXTJOIN
Concatenates one or more strings, and uses delimiters between them.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
COM.MICROSOFT.TEXTJOIN
- CONCATENATE
+ CONCATENATE